Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Synaptics / FY2019 Annual Report

Synaptics
Annual Report 2019

SYNA · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker SYNA
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Synaptics
Loading PDF…
2019   LETTER TO STOCKHOLDERS 

As of the date of this letter, I have been with Synaptics for less than one month, but I would like to share 
with you my initial observations. First, I have been very impressed by the people and technology in the 
company.  The underlying assets are strong and well-positioned to complete the corporate transformation 
Synaptics started in the second half of its fiscal 2019.  The goal of the transformation is to drive innovation 
and differentiation resulting in sustainable franchises with better margins and long-term profitability. The 
leadership  team  is  committed  to  unlocking  the  untapped  potential  within  the  company’s  extensive 
portfolio  of  technologies,  to  better  leverage  its  best-in-class  solutions  and  make  the  right  investment 
choices,  with  a  focus  on  investing  in  differentiated  products  and  solutions  with  more  software,  more 
firmware and more intelligence.   

Our fiscal 2019 results reflect the increasing macro and geopolitical uncertainties around the world.  We 
reported revenue of $1.47 billion which was down 10% from the prior fiscal year with a GAAP net loss 
for fiscal 2019 of $22.9 million, or $0.66 per diluted share and non-GAAP net income of $141.2 million, 
or $4.00 per diluted share. Of note, we experienced a continued positive trend of improved non-GAAP 
gross  margin  performance  during  the  period,  achieving  seven  consecutive  quarters  of  year-over-year 
growth through the third fiscal quarter and had two consecutive quarters  of non-GAAP  gross margins 
above 39% exiting the fiscal year.  We ended the year with a strong balance sheet and $328 million in 
cash. A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP net income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per diluted share 
is included at the end of this report. 

During the  year, we  further underscored our  commitment to generating  shareholder value, using $119 
million to repurchase 3.3 million shares or approximately nine percent of our shares outstanding entering 
fiscal 2019. This program reflects our ongoing focus on generating stockholder value and our optimism 
towards aligning Synaptics for long-term success. 

Path to growth 

As we continue to evaluate our businesses through the corporate transformation, we will build upon our 
legacy as the leader in human interface technology to deliver a broad range of solutions that leverage our 
voice, audio, display and touch capabilities.  We will apply these technologies to deliver differentiated 
solutions that incorporate more proprietary software and intelligence to sustainably grow these franchises 
over the long-term, delivering higher margins and improved profitability. Key investment areas have been 
identified in edge-computing SoCs for consumer IoT in the smart home, fingerprint sensors and TDDI for 
automotive, OLED display and touch for mobile devices, audio SoCs for wired and true wireless headsets, 
and high-speed wired connectivity for PCs, peripherals and VR.   

In our IoT business, we will remain focused on innovating at the Smart Edge, building upon our strong 
portfolio of innovative technologies that incorporate software, firmware and intelligence to deliver AI and 
neural network capabilities at the edge with better security and privacy. Leveraging our Smart Edge AI 
AudioSmart  solution,  one  of  the  world’s  first  commercially  available,  fully  integrated  SoCs  that 
incorporate machine learning neural network acceleration, a proprietary wake word engine, and highly-
advanced  far-field  voice  processing,  we  will  continue  to  expand  around  this  franchise,  working  with 
leading hardware OEMs and service providers to embed these capabilities into a rapidly expanding range 
of  Smart  Edge  AI  devices  including  TVs  and  soundbars,  Wi-Fi  mesh  and  routers,  smart  speakers  and 
media streaming devices.  

For  our  mobile  business,  we  will  continue  to  focus  on  delivering  more  differentiated,  higher  margin 
solutions for the high-end segment of the smartphone market, especially for OLED-driven devices. Our 
superior performance and features enable us to win share in the premium segment of this market as well 
as increases our opportunities to support our OEM customers as they transition more of their portfolios to 
OLED.  As  our  smartphone  OEM  customers  transition  to  5G,  we  are  also  partnering  with  display 
manufacturers to deliver high-performance OLED and LCD screens that leverage the higher bandwidth 
networks  to  deliver  better  displays  with  sharper  resolution  and  color  to  give  consumers  a  meaningful 
improvement in performance with faster 5G networks.  

In the wearables market, as digital audio and active noise cancellation adoption for smartphones continues 
to expand, smartphone headsets are transitioning from analog to digital.  We will continue to leverage our 
best-in-class digital audio SoCs for the rapidly emerging USB-C headset category, where our technology 
leadership has led to meaningful wins at the world’s largest OEMs. Our high-speed wired connectivity 
solutions are also leading the market for peripherals, PCs as well as VR to deliver an even more immersive 
and better user experience for consumers.   

For the automotive market, fiscal 2020 marks a milestone for us as many of the innovative solutions we 
have developed in TDDI and fingerprint sensors will come to market. We have secured wins for TDDI 
with six major OEMs across Europe, Asia and North America this year and are engaged with many more 
OEMs as they transition their in-car displays to TDDI. As automakers continue to transition to TDDI and 
incorporate fingerprint sensors in their products in the coming years, we are excited about our traction and 
our long-term growth prospects in our automotive business.  

Our PC business continues to lead the market for touchpads in laptops as our solutions remain the de facto 
standard for all the major PC OEMs. Our fingerprint sensors that enhance security and convenience are 
continuing to drive increasing adoption in PCs, particularly with corporate and enterprise users. 

Final thoughts 

As we move into fiscal 2020, I am confident that we have the right foundation and the right leadership in 
place to become a stronger, more profitable company. We are focused on executing on our core strengths, 
maximizing the potential of our products and targeted investment areas, and driving innovation to build 
sustainable franchises with better margins and profitability long-term.  

On behalf of the Synaptics leadership team, I want to convey our sincere gratitude and appreciation to our 
dedicated  employees  across  the  globe.  I  also  want  to  thank  our  customers,  partners,  suppliers,  and 
stockholders for their continued support.  

Michael Hurlston  
President & CEO 

September 2019 

 
 
 
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information 

This  2019  Annual  Report  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  are  subject  to  the  safe  harbors  created  under  the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”).    Forward-looking  statements  give  our  current  expectations  and  projections  relating  to  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business, and can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to 
historical or current facts. Such forward-looking statements may include words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” 
“estimate,” “plan,” “target,” “strategy,” “continue,” “may,” “will,” “should,” variations of such words, or other words and terms of 
similar meaning. All forward-looking statements reflect our best judgment and are based on several factors relating to our operations 
and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Such factors include, but 
are not limited to, the risks as identified in the “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations” and “Business” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2019, and 
other risks as identified from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission reports. Forward-looking statements are 
based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we do not have, and expressly disclaim, any obligation to publicly 
release any updates or any changes in our expectations, or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any forward-
looking statement is based.  Our actual results and the timing of certain events could differ materially from the forward-looking 
statements. These forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any mergers, acquisitions, or other business 
combinations that had not been completed as of the date of this 2019 Annual Report. 

 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

(cid:3) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 29, 2019

Or

(cid:4) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                to               

Commission File Number 000-49602

SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

1251 McKay Drive
San Jose, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

77-0118518
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.)

95131
(Zip Code)

(408) 904-1100
Registrant's telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Trading Symbol
SYNA

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  (cid:5)    No  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  (cid:4)    No  (cid:5)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  (cid:5)    No  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of  Regulation  S-T  (§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such 
files).  Yes  (cid:5)    No  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or 
an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

(cid:5)
(cid:4)

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

(cid:4)
(cid:4)
(cid:4)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  (cid:4)    No  (cid:5)
The  aggregate  market  value  of  Common  Stock  held  by  nonaffiliates  of  the  registrant  (22,178,002  shares),  based  on  the  closing  price  of  the 
registrant’s Common Stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 28, 2018 of $37.14, was $823,690,994.  For purposes of this 
computation, all officers, directors, and 10% beneficial owners of the registrant are deemed to be affiliates.  Such determination should not be deemed to be 
an admission that such officers, directors, or 10% beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant.

As of August 19, 2019, there were outstanding 32,910,891 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, par value $.001 per share.

Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Form 10-K.

SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FISCAL 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS..............................................................................................................................................................
1
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS .................................................................................................................................................... 18
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ................................................................................................................. 32
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES ......................................................................................................................................................... 32
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS....................................................................................................................................... 32
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES .......................................................................................................................... 32

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ........................................................................................ 33
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.......................................................................................................................... 35
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS................................................................................................................................................... 36
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK....................................... 48
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ....................................................................... 48
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE ................................................................................................................................................... 48
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES....................................................................................................................... 48
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................................... 49

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ............................................... 50
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.......................................................................................................................... 50
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ....................................................................................................... 50
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.... 50
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ....................................................................................... 50

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ............................................................................. 51
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................... 53

SIGNATURES ......................................................................................................................................................................... 54

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .............................................................................................. F-1

Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 29, 2019 contains forward-looking statements that are subject to the safe harbors 
created under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”).  Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, 
plans, objectives, future performance and business, and can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current 
facts. Such forward-looking statements may include words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “target,” 
“strategy,”  “continue,”  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  variations  of  such  words,  or  other  words  and  terms  of  similar  meaning.  All  forward-
looking statements reflect our best judgment and are based on several factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of 
which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the risks as identified 
in the “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” sections 
in this report on Form 10-K, and other risks as identified from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission reports. Forward-
looking statements are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we do not have, and expressly disclaim, any obligation 
to publicly release any updates or any changes in our expectations, or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any 
forward-looking statement is based.  Our actual results and the timing of certain events could differ materially from the forward-looking 
statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  do  not  reflect  the  potential  impact  of  any  mergers,  acquisitions,  or  other  business 
combinations that had not been completed as of the date of this filing.

Statements made in this report, unless the context otherwise requires, include the use of the terms “us,” “we,” “our,” the “Company” 

and “Synaptics” to refer to Synaptics Incorporated and its consolidated subsidiaries.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

We  are  a  leading  worldwide  developer  and  supplier  of  custom-designed  human  interface  semiconductor  product 
solutions that enable people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communications, 
entertainment,  and  other  electronic  devices.    We  currently  generate  revenue  from  the  markets  for  smartphones,  tablets, 
personal computer, or PC, products, Internet of Things, or IoT, products and other select electronic devices, including devices 
in  automobiles.    Every  solution  we  deliver  either  contains  or  consists  of  our  touch-,  display  driver-,  audio  and  voice-, 
imaging-,  video-  or  fingerprint  authentication-based  semiconductor  solutions,  which  includes  our  chip,  firmware  and 
software, including customer-specific firmware and software.

We are a market leader in providing human interface product solutions to our target markets. Our original equipment 
manufacturer, or OEM, customers include most of the world’s largest OEMs for smartphones, tier one PC OEMs, and many 
large OEMs for voice, speech and video products.  We generally supply our human interface product solutions to our OEM 
customers through their contract manufacturers, which take delivery of our products and pay us directly for such products.

Our  website  is  located  at  www.synaptics.com.    Through  our  website,  we  make  available,  free  of  charge,  all  our 
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, our proxy statements, our 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and our current reports on Form 8-K, as well as Form 3, Form 4, and Form 5 Reports for our 
directors,  officers,  and  principal  stockholders,  together  with  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to 
Sections 13(a), 15(d), or 16 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.  These reports are 
available on our website promptly after their electronic filing with the SEC.  Our website also includes corporate governance 
information,  including  our  Code  of  Conduct,  our  Code  of  Ethics  for  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Senior  Financial 
Officers, and our Board Committee Charters.  The contents of our website are not incorporated into or deemed to be a part of 
this report.

We were initially incorporated in California in 1986 and were re-incorporated in Delaware in 2002.  Our fiscal year is 
the 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in June.  The fiscal years presented in this report were the 52-week 
periods ended June 29, 2019 and June 24, 2017, and a 53-week period ended June 30, 2018.  For ease of presentation, this 
report labels the reporting periods as ending on calendar month- or year-end dates as of and for all periods presented, unless 
otherwise indicated.

Mobile Product Applications Markets

We believe our intellectual property portfolio, engineering know-how, systems engineering experience, technological 
expertise, and experience in providing human interface product solutions to major OEMs of electronic devices position us to 
be  a  key  technological  enabler  for  multiple  consumer  electronic  devices  targeted  to  meet  the  mobile  product  applications 
markets,  which  incorporate  discrete  touch  controller  products,  display  driver,  or  DDIC,  products,  and  touch  and  display 
driver  integration,  or  TDDI,  products.  Mobile  product  applications  include  smartphones,  tablets,  large  touchscreen 
applications,  as  well  as  a  variety  of  mobile,  handheld,  wireless,  and  entertainment  devices.    Our  array  of  human  interface 
product  solutions  for  mobile  product  applications  are  designed  to  enrich  the  interface  on  smartphones,  tablets,  and 
peripherals, and enable the owner to view the screen on these devices and to more easily interact with the content on these 
devices.  We believe our existing technologies, our range of product solutions, and our emphasis on ease of use, small size, 
low  power  consumption,  advanced  functionality,  secure  access,  durability,  reliability,  and  simplified  security  enable  us  to 
serve multiple aspects of the markets for mobile product applications and other electronic devices.

Our human interface product solutions for mobile applications constitute a substantial percentage of our net revenue.  
Net  revenue  for  our  mobile  product  applications  accounted  for  approximately  61%,  63%,  and  82%  of  our  net  revenue  for 
fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  Our ongoing success in serving these markets will depend upon the size of the 
smartphone portion of the overall mobile phone market; our growth in the virtual reality, or VR, display market; our ability to 
demonstrate  to  mobile  product  applications  OEMs  the  advantages  of  our  human  interface  product  solutions  in  terms  of 
performance,  usability,  size,  simplified  security,  durability,  power  consumption,  integration,  and  industrial  design 
possibilities;  and  the  success  of  products  utilizing  our  human  interface  product  solutions.    In  addition,  our  success  will 
depend on our ability to demonstrate to mobile product applications OEMs the advantages of our DDIC and TDDI products, 
our flexible touchscreen and systems engineering expertise, including our ability to successfully deliver DDIC products into 
the  Organic  Light  Emitting  Diode,  or  OLED,  smartphone  market,  and  our  ability  to  deliver  touch  screen  products  to  the 
flexible OLED smartphone OEMs.  The OLED smartphone market remains a key growth area for us. The adoption of OLED 
at top OEMs is accelerating in calendar year 2019, which could drive an opportunity for our OLED DDIC and touch screen 
products. 

1

We expect the smartphone market to continue its trend towards greater functionality in smartphone products to meet 
and address the expanded needs and expectations of the consumer-oriented market.  These products require a simple, durable, 
and  intuitive  human  interface  product  solution  to  access  their  device  or  application,  and  to  enable  the  user  to  view  and 
navigate  efficiently  through  menus  and  scroll  through  information  contained  in  the  host  device.  We  believe  we  are  well 
positioned to take advantage of this growing market based on our technology, engineering know-how, systems engineering 
experience, and the acceptance of our human interface product solutions by OEMs in this market.

The virtual reality, or VR, market represents growth opportunities for our display driver products and fingerprint sensor 
intellectual property portfolio. The VR market is expected to continue to grow, with major investors in the space including 
today’s major players, in addition to new start-ups. Our high-performance, low power display driver technology is well suited 
to the demands of the VR market. The tablet and large touchscreen markets also represent a potential growth opportunity for 
us. Touchscreen and display drivers required for the tablet market range from basic e-book vendor solutions to multi-function 
solutions designed for more complex operating systems. Tablet-based capacitive touch interface devices are now offered by 
several leading PC and mobile phone OEMs and utilize various operating systems, including Android and Windows 10.  Our 
engineering know-how and technological expertise with display drivers could represent an opportunity for us in this market 
in our fiscal 2020. 

PC Product Applications Market

We  provide  custom  human  interface  product  solutions  for  navigation,  cursor  control,  and  for  access  to  devices  or 
applications through fingerprint recognition for many of the world’s premier PC OEMs.  These functions are offered as both 
stand-alone and integrated touch pads plus fingerprint recognition solutions.  In addition to notebook applications, other PC 
product applications for our technology include peripherals, such as keyboards, mice, and desktop product applications.  Net 
revenue for our human interface product solutions for PC product applications accounted for approximately 18%, 16%, and 
13% of our net revenue for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

We continue to expand our available product offerings through technology development and acquisitions enabling us to 
increase  our  product  content  within  each  notebook  unit.    We  are  also  applying  our  technologies  to  enable  adoption  of 
fingerprint  recognition  solutions  in  all-in-one  and  desktop  products  to  broaden  our  market  opportunities.    Based  on  the 
strength of our technology and engineering know-how, we believe we are well positioned to continue to take advantage of 
opportunities in the PC product applications market. 

IoT Applications Market 

On  July  25,  2017,  we  acquired  Conexant  Systems,  LLC,  or  Conexant,  a  technology  leader  in  voice  and  audio 
processing solutions for the smart home.  On September 8, 2017, we acquired the assets of the multimedia solutions business 
of Marvell Technology Group Ltd., or Marvell, a leading provider of advanced video and audio processing applications for 
the smart home, or the Marvell Business Acquisition.  We began reporting financial results for the IoT applications market in 
our consolidated financial statements in the first quarter of our fiscal 2018.  

We provide system-on-chip, or SoC, solutions as well as human interface product solutions for enabling the Smarter 
Edge.  We  enable  products  for  service  provider  platforms,  or  SPP,  smart  assistant  solutions,  over-the-top,  or  OTT,  media 
consumption  devices,  voice  driven  intelligent  devices,  including  those  integrating  far-field  technology,  personal  voice 
products,  video  interface  solutions  which  can  also  drive  next  generation  virtual  reality/augmented  reality,  or  VR/AR, 
platforms, and optimized solutions for fax/modem and printer platforms. Our automotive solutions include over a decade of 
mass production experience in display drivers, including mature touch solutions adapted from our consumer business to meet 
automotive  quality  standards  and  pioneering  fingerprint  solutions  for  security,  personalization  and  e-payments  in  vehicles. 
Our  latest  addition  to  our  automotive  portfolio  is  an  automotive  grade  TDDI  for  amorphous  silicon  and  low-temperature 
polycrystalline  panels  up  to  4K  resolution  and  18-inch  panels.  Net  revenue  for  our  IoT  product  solutions  accounted  for 
approximately 21%, 21% and 5% of our net revenue for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Within  the  growing  consumer  IoT  market,  we  continue  to  expand  our  footprint  in  various  devices  by  bringing 
converged video and voice technologies coupled with leading edge human interface solutions. Our deep investment in far-
field  voice  technology,  our  intellectual  property  portfolio  for  video,  audio  and  security,  and  our  significant  experience 
enabling  Android  platforms  for  service  providers,  coupled  with  our  focus  on  enabling  high  performance,  low  power,  and 
highly  secure  SoC  solutions  enable  us  to  effectively  serve  our  existing  customers  and  position  us  to  grow  within  the 
addressable market of consumer IoT devices.  

2

Our Strategy

Our objective is to continue to enhance our position as a leading supplier of human interface product solutions for each 
of the target markets in which we operate, including the mobile product applications markets, the PC product applications 
market, and the IoT applications market.  Key aspects of our strategy to achieve this objective include those set forth below.

Extend Our Technological Leadership

We plan to utilize our extensive intellectual property portfolio, engineering know-how, and technological expertise to 
extend the functionality of our current product solutions and offer new and innovative product solutions to customers across 
multiple  markets.    We  intend  to  continue  utilizing  our  technological  expertise  to  reduce  the  overall  size,  weight,  cost,  and 
power  consumption  of  our  human  interface  product  solutions  while  increasing  their  applications,  capabilities,  and 
performance.  We plan to continue enhancing the ease of use and functionality of our solutions.  We also plan to expand our 
research and development efforts through increased investment in our engineering activities, including ongoing enhancement 
of our automotive TDDI technology and OLED technology, and advancement of our audio, voice and video technologies, the 
hiring of key engineering personnel, and strategic acquisitions and alliances.  We believe that these efforts will enable us to 
meet customer expectations and achieve our goal of supplying, on a timely and cost-effective basis, the most advanced, easy-
to-use, functional human interface semiconductor product solutions to our target markets.

Enhance Our Position in the Smartphone, Tablet, and PC Product Application Markets

We intend to continue introducing market-leading human interface product solutions in terms of performance, power 
consumption, functionality, size, and ease of use for the smartphone, tablet, and PC product applications markets.  We plan to 
continue  enhancing  our  customers’  industrial  design  alternatives  and  device  functionality  through  innovative  product 
development, in order to enhance and grow our position within our target markets. As the high-end market for smartphones 
continues  the  shift  to  OLED  solutions,  we  intend  to  deliver  further  enhancements  to  our  DDIC  products  to  support  that 
market. 

Capitalize on Growth of New and Evolving Markets

We intend to capitalize on the growth of new and evolving markets, such as the smart home, VR/AR, voice enabled 
assistants, and wearables within the IoT market, the tablet market, ultrabook and convertible portions of the PC market, and 
the automotive market, brought about by the convergence of computing, communications, and entertainment devices.  We 
intend  to  build  upon  our  existing  innovative  and  intuitive  human  interface  semiconductor  product  solutions  portfolio  and 
continue to address the evolving portability, connectivity, security, and functionality requirements of these new markets.  We 
will offer our solutions to existing and potential OEM customers to enable increased functionality, reduced size, lower cost, 
simplified security, enhanced industrial design features, and to enhance the user experience of our OEMs’ products.  We plan 
to utilize our existing technologies as well as aggressively pursue new technologies as new markets evolve that demand new 
solutions.

Emphasize and Expand Customer Relationships

We  intend  to  emphasize  and  expand  our  strong  and  long-standing  customer  relationships  and  seek  to  build  and 
establish  successful  relationships  with  new  customers.    In  each  market  we  serve,  we  plan  to  provide  the  most  advanced 
human interface product solutions for our customers' products.  We believe that our human interface product solutions enable 
our customers to deliver simplified security and a positive user experience and to differentiate their products from those of 
their  competitors.    We  continually  strive  to  enhance  the  competitive  position  of  our  customers  by  providing  them  with 
innovative, distinctive, and high-quality human interface product solutions on a timely and cost-effective basis.  To do so, we 
work continually to improve our productivity, reduce costs, and increase the speed of delivery of our human interface product 
solutions.  We endeavor to streamline the entire design and delivery process through our ongoing design, engineering, and 
production improvement efforts.  We also focus on providing timely pre- and post-sales support to our customers, assisting 
with their efforts to develop, integrate, and manufacture their products with our solutions.

We  plan  to  offer  IoT  voice,  audio  and  video  solutions,  touch  and  display  driver  solutions,  and  fingerprint  sensor 
solutions,  as  well  as  design  tools,  technical  support  and  documentation  to  assist  in  the  development  of  human  interface 
designs  in  products  such  as  smartphones,  tablets,  notebooks,  PC  peripherals,  and  other  digital  entertainment  devices.    We 
offer  our  customers  a  choice  of  our  chip  solutions  or  our  custom  module  solutions.    Our  chip  solution  consists  of  our 
proprietary integrated circuit, firmware and software, including customer-specific firmware and software, while our custom 
module  solution  enables  customers  to  utilize  our  proprietary  integrated  circuit  together  with  third-party  components  and 
assembly.  Touchscreen applications for mobile phones, tablets, and notebooks are primarily a chip solution.  Display driver 
products for mobile phones and tablets, IoT products for voice, audio and video, and most automotive products are a chip 
solution. Fingerprint sensor products are a module solution.

3

Pursue Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions

We  intend  to  develop  and  expand  our  strategic  relationships  to  enhance  our  ability  to  offer  value-added  human 
interface  product  solutions  to  our  customers,  penetrate  new  markets,  and  strengthen  the  technological  leadership  of  our 
product  solutions.    We  also  intend  to  evaluate  the  potential  acquisition  of  companies  in  order  to  expand  our  technological 
expertise and to establish or strengthen our presence in selected target markets.  

Continue Virtual Manufacturing

We plan to expand and diversify our production capacity through third-party relationships, thereby strengthening our 
virtual  manufacturing  platform.    This  strategy  results  in  a  scalable  business  model,  enables  us  to  concentrate  on  our  core 
competencies  of  research  and  development  and  product  design  and  engineering,  and  reduces  our  capital  expenditures  and 
working capital requirements.  Our virtual manufacturing strategy allows us to maintain a variable cost model, in which we 
do not incur most of our manufacturing costs until our product solutions have been shipped and invoiced to our customers.

Competitive Advantages

We develop advanced human interface technologies that provide simplified security and enrich the user’s experience in 
interacting  with  the  user’s  computing,  communications,  and  entertainment  devices.    We  engage  with  our  customers  in  the 
design  of  their  custom  products  and  offer  product  solutions  ranging  from  chips,  which  may  include  customer-specific 
firmware,  to  full  module  solutions.  Our  innovative  and  intuitive  human  interface  product  solutions  can  be  engineered  to 
accommodate  many  diverse  platforms,  and  our  expertise  in  human  factors  and  usability  can  be  utilized  to  improve  the 
features  and  functionality  of  our  solutions.    Our  extensive  array  of  technologies  include  chips,  firmware,  software, 
mechanical  and  electrical  designs,  pattern  recognition,  single-  and  multi-finger  touch-sensing  technologies,  display  driver 
technologies, image, voice and multimedia processing.

Our  human  interface  products  are  custom  engineered,  total  solutions  for  our  customers,  and  include  sensor  design, 
module layout, chips, firmware, and software features for which we provide manufacturing and design support, and device 
testing. This allows us to be a one-stop supplier for complete human interface design from concept prototyping, to product 
development, to manufacturing, to testing and support.  Through our engineering know-how and technological expertise, we 
provide  our  customers  with  solutions  that  address  their  individual  design  requirements  and  result  in  high-performance, 
feature-rich, and reliable interface solutions.  We believe our interface solutions offer the following characteristics:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Ease of Use.  Our solutions offer the ease of use and intuitive interaction that users demand.

Small Size.  The small, thin size of our solutions enables our customers to reduce the overall size and weight of 
their products in order to satisfy consumer demand for portability.

Low Power Consumption.  The low power consumption of our solutions enables our customers to offer products 
with longer battery life and/or smaller battery capacity.

Advanced Functionality.  Our solutions offer advanced features, such as face detect, force sensing, 12-bit output 
technology for mobile DDIC, 90Hz FHD TDDI, security algorithms, voice barge-in, ambient noise cancellation, 
and video noise reduction to enhance the user experience.

Reliability.  The reliability of our solutions satisfies consumer requirements for dependability, which is a major 
component of consumer satisfaction.

Durability.  Our solutions withstand repeated use, harsh physical treatment, and temperature fluctuations while 
providing an enduring superior level of performance.

Simplified  Security.    Our  fingerprint  authentication  solutions  protect  the  user’s  identity,  while  simplifying  the 
user experience for electronic devices.

We believe these characteristics will enable us to continue to enhance our position as a technological enabler within our 

target markets.

Our  emphasis  on  technological  leadership  and  design  capabilities  positions  us  to  provide  unique  human  interface 
product  solutions  that  address  specific  customer  requirements,  as  well  as  satisfy  our  customers’  specifications,  including 
features  and  functionality,  industrial  design,  security,  mechanical,  and  electrical  requirements.    Our  products  also  offer 
unique integration options, including the ability to place our capacitive sensors underneath the plastic or glass of the device or 
the combining of a touchpad and fingerprint sensor on one device.  Our solutions allow for streamlined and stylized designs, 

4

and  Light  Emitting  Diode,  or  LED,  integration  to  indicate  status  or  to  enhance  industrial  design.  With  our  Edge  SOC 
products, we offer full system solutions that enable an immersive voice/audio, multimedia and vision experience.  Our Edge 
SOCs  enable  secure  artificial  intelligence  processing  on  device,  for  enhanced  privacy  and  responsiveness.  Our  diversified 
audio product line enables clear voice for audio calls, immersive surround sound for gaming, advanced noise cancellation for 
consumer products and ultra-low-power hi-fidelity audio for mobile applications. 

Our  long-term  working  relationships  with  large,  global  OEMs  provide  us  with  the  experience  to  satisfy  their 
demanding  design  specifications  and  other  requirements.    Our  custom  product  solutions  provide  OEMs  with  numerous 
benefits, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

ease of system integration;

reduced product development costs;

shorter product time to market;

compact and efficient platforms;

improved product functionality and utility;

product differentiation; and

continuity of supply.

Our collaborative efforts with our customers reduce duplication and overlap of investment and resources, enabling our 

OEM partners to devote more time and resources to the market development of their differentiated products.

We  utilize  capacitive  technology,  rather  than  resistive  or  mechanical  technology,  in  our  touch  solutions.    Unlike 
resistive  and  mechanical  technology,  our  solid-state  capacitive  technology  has  no  moving  parts  and  does  not  require 
activation force, thereby providing a durable, more reliable solution that can be integrated into both curved and flat surfaces.  
Capacitive technologies also allow for much thinner sensors than resistive or mechanical technology, providing for slimmer, 
more compact and unique industrial designs. Our fingerprint solutions utilize capacitive technology.  

Products 

Our  family  of  product  solutions  allows  our  customers  to  solve  their  interface  needs  and  differentiate  their  products 

from those of their competitors.

ClearPad®

Our  ClearPad  family  of  products  enables  the  user  to  interact  directly  with  the  display  on  electronic  devices,  such  as 
mobile smartphones, tablets, and automobiles.  Our ClearPad has distinct advantages, including low-profile form factor; high 
reliability, durability, and accuracy; and low power consumption.  We typically sell our ClearPad solution as a chip, together 
with  customer-specific  firmware,  to  sensor  manufacturers,  OLED  manufacturers  or  Liquid  Crystal  Display,  or  LCD, 
manufacturers,  to  integrate  into  their  touch-enabled  products.    A  discrete  touchscreen  product  typically  consists  of  a 
transparent,  thin  capacitive  sensor  that  can  be  placed  over  any  display,  such  as  an  LCD  or  OLED,  and  combined  with  a 
flexible  circuit  material  and  a  touch  controller  chip.    Each  ClearPad  solution  is  custom  designed  to  integrate  customer-
specific input preferences such as force sensing, pen input, gloved finger recognition, proximity, finger hover, and air swipe 
functionality.

Our ClearPad Series 3 product family can provide full-time tracking of ten or more fingers simultaneously, and features 
stylus  support  as  well  as  support  for  various  sensor  configurations,  including  traditional  discrete  sensors;  sensor-on-lens, 
which includes sensor electrodes patterned on the bottom of the glass cover lens; on-cell, which includes sensor electrodes 
patterned on the display glass; and in-cell, which includes sensor electrodes patterned inside LCD glass.

5

Our ClearPad Series 7 product family is designed to meet the requirements of the large touchscreen market for products 
more  closely  related  to  notebooks,  slates,  tablets,  and  similar  devices.    Our  ClearPad  Series  7  products  include  low-cost, 
single-chip touchscreen solutions and multi-chip touchscreen solutions designed for devices that have more demanding user 
input requirements, such as gaming applications.

ClearViewTM

Our  ClearView  display  driver  products  offer  advanced  image  processing  and  low  power  technology  for  displays  on 
electronic devices, including smartphones and tablets. ClearView products include adaptive image processing that works in 
concert  with  proprietary  customization  options  to  enable  development  of  efficient  and  cost-effective  high-performance 
solutions  and  faster  time  to  market.    Our  display  driver  products  offer  automatic  regional  control  of  color  balance  that 
optimizes light and dark areas of an image simultaneously, and sunlight readability enhancement capabilities that optimize 
image quality under various lighting conditions.

Synaptics TouchViewTM

Our  TouchView  products  integrate  touch  and  display  technologies  to  deliver  advanced  performance  and  simplified 
design.  Our proprietary algorithms synchronize touch sensing with display driving, effectively eliminating display-induced 
noise and improving capacitive sensing performance.  TouchView display integration allows for thinner touchscreens with 
narrower  bezels  for  greater  industrial  design  flexibility.    TouchView  is  available  in  two-chip  and  single-chip  (TDDI) 
configurations, providing a range of solutions suitable for hybrid and full in-cell touchscreen designs.  Both configurations 
reduce manufacturing complexity and simplify the supply chain for OEM manufacturers.

Natural ID®

Our Natural ID family of capacitive-based fingerprint ID products is designed for use in automobiles, notebook PCs, 
PC  peripherals,  and  other  applications.    Thin  form  factors  provide  industrial  design  flexibility,  while  robust  matching 
algorithms and anti-spoofing technology provide strong security.  Our Natural ID family of products spans a range of form 
factors, colors, and materials suitable for design on the front, back or side of a device.  

Natural ID products are designed to be compatible with Fast IDentity Online, or FIDO, protocols, enhancing security 
and interoperability with a broad range of solutions.  FIDO was formed to enhance online authentication by developing open, 
scalable technical standards to help facilitate the adoption of robust, easy to use authentication that reduces the reliance on 
passwords.  Natural ID products increase the security of automobile and PC products while maintaining ease of use for the 
customer.

TouchPadTM

Our  TouchPad  family  of  products,  which  can  take  the  place  of,  and  exceed  the  functionality  of  a  mouse,  is  a  small, 
touch-sensitive pad that senses the position and movement of one or more fingers on its surface through the measurement of 
capacitance.  Our TouchPad provides an accurate, comfortable, and reliable method for screen navigation, cursor movement, 
and  gestures,  and  provides  a  platform  for  interactive  input  for  both  the  consumer  and  corporate  markets.    Our  TouchPad 
solutions allow our customers to provide stylish, simple, user-friendly, and intuitive solutions to consumers.  Our TouchPad 
solutions  also  offer  various  advanced  features,  including  scrolling,  customizable  tap  zones,  tapping  and  dragging  of  icons, 
and device interaction.

Our TouchPad solutions are available in a variety of sizes, electrical interfaces, and thicknesses, and are designed to 
meet  the  electrical  and  mechanical  specifications  of  our  customers.    Customized  firmware  and  driver  software  ensure  the 
availability of specialized features.  As a result of their solid-state characteristics, our TouchPad solutions have no moving 
parts that wear out, resulting in a robust and reliable input solution that also allows for unique industrial designs.

SecurePadTM

Our SecurePad integrates our Natural ID fingerprint sensor directly into the TouchPad area, improving usability for end 

users and simplifying the supply chain for notebook PC manufacturers.

6

ClickPadTM

Our  ClickPad  introduces  a  clickable  mechanical  design  to  the  TouchPad  solution,  eliminating  the  need  for  physical 
buttons.  The  button-less  design  of  our  ClickPad  allows  for  unique,  intuitive  industrial  design  and  makes  it  an  excellent 
alternative  to  conventional  input  and  navigation  devices.    Our  ClickPad  is  activated  by  pressing  down  on  the  internal  tact 
switch to perform left-button or right-button clicks and provides tactile feedback similar to pressing a physical button.  The 
latest  version  of  ClickPad  features  ClickEQTM,  a  mechanical  solution  that  provides  uniform  click  depth  to  maximize  the 
surface area available for gestures and improves click performance over hinged designs.

ForcePad®

Our ForcePad is a thinner version of our ClickPad, which introduces a new dimension in control through the addition 
of variable force sensitivity.  ForcePad is designed to provide consistent performance across OEM models through its design 
intelligence and self-calibration features.  By detecting the amount of force applied, ForcePad is engineered to enable more 
intuitive and precise user interactions in operating system controls and applications.  Designed with thin and light notebooks 
in mind, ForcePad is 40% thinner than a conventional touch pad.  

AudioSmart® 

AudioSmart products bring forward optimum analog, mixed-signal and digital signal processor, or DSP, technologies 
for  high-fidelity  voice  and  audio  processing.  Our  AudioSmart  products  include  far-field  voice  technologies  that  enable 
accurate  voice  command  recognition  from  a  distance  while  disregarding  other  sounds,  such  as  music,  in  order  to  activate 
smart  devices  such  as  smart  speakers.  AudioSmart  also  includes  personal  voice  and  audio  solutions  for  high-performance 
headsets that enable active noise cancellation and are based on the USB Type-C standard. 

VideoSmart™ 

Our VideoSmart solutions include powerful single-chip 4K UHD media processors for TVs, set-top boxes, and over-

the-top streaming devices.

ImagingSmart™ 

Our ImagingSmart solutions include a product portfolio that spans four distinct product lines including document and 
photo  imaging  controllers,  digital  video,  fax,  and  modem  solutions.  ImagingSmart  products  leverage  image  processing  IP, 
JPEG  encoders  and  DSP  technology  to  deliver  a  wide  range  of  fax,  modem,  digital  video  and  printer  solutions  for  home, 
mobile and imaging applications.

Other Products

Other product solutions we offer include Dual Pointing Solutions, TouchStykTM, TouchButtonsTM and display interface 
products.   Our dual pointing solutions offer TouchPad with a pointing stick in a single notebook computer, enabling users to 
select their interface of choice.  TouchStyk is a self-contained pointing stick module that uses capacitive technology similar 
to that used in our TouchPad.  TouchButtons provide capacitive buttons and scrolling controls for an easy-to-use and stylish 
interface solution designed to replace mechanical buttons.  Our display interface products deliver highly integrated, scalable 
video and audio connectivity to a broad array of applications for notebook PCs, enterprise systems and consumer devices, 
and our VR bridge and VR DDIC chips enable the VR market to move to higher resolution displays that solve the “screen 
door” effect caused by lower resolution displays.

Capabilities

Our  products  are  supported  by  a  variety  of  feature  capabilities  allowing  for  further  product  differentiation  and  easy 

customer integration.

Enhanced Gesture RecognitionTM

Our  Enhanced  Gesture  Recognition  is  a  suite  of  ClearPad  gestures  included  in  our  firmware.    Customers  can  easily 
enable  SingleTouch  gestures,  such  as  Tap,  Double  Tap,  Press,  and  Flick;  DualTouch  gestures,  such  as  Pinch  and  Pivot 
Rotate; and multi-finger gestures for ClearPad directly from our touch module firmware.  No additional recognition software 
is required on the host processor to implement these gestures.  This approach lowers host processor resource requirements 
and ensures that gestures are implemented using our pattern-recognition technology.

7

SignalClarityTM Technology

SignalClarity technology provides an improved signal-to-noise ratio for enhanced touch detection and noise immunity, 
and  enables  smartphone  OEMs  to  support  inexpensive  chargers  and  work  with  multiple  display  types.    SignalClarity 
technology  works  with  various  display  configurations,  including  discrete  sensors,  sensor-on-lens,  on-cell,  and  in-cell 
touchscreen designs.

Synaptics TypeGuard®

TypeGuard technology allows the system to differentiate between a finger and a palm, virtually eliminating accidental 

cursor movements, scrolling and clicks.

Proximity Sensing

Our  proximity  sensing  technology  enables  users  to  interact  with  consumer  electronics  without  touch.  With  this 
technology, sensors in a device, such as a notebook PC, mobile phone, peripheral, or digital photo frame, sense the presence 
of a user’s finger or hand to activate a function.  These sensors can illuminate LEDs for discoverable buttons, immediately 
wake devices from power-saving mode, or activate other functionalities.

TDsyncTM

TDsync  technology  effectively  eliminates  problems  caused  by  display-induced  noise  in  the  touch  subsystem, 
improving capacitive sensing performance and reducing errors to deliver a better user experience.  TDsync technology works 
with in-cell designs, including both two-chip and single-chip controller implementations.

ClearForce®

ClearForce gives our ClearPad and TouchView solutions a new dimension in user interfaces, by enabling features such 
as  scrolling,  zoom,  text  or  photo  editing,  and  enabling  users  to  engage  in  gaming  or  other  multi-touch  applications  by 
applying variable force with a finger or stylus.

Design StudioTM

Our  Design  Studio  software  streamlines  the  touchscreen  design  process,  while  reducing  total  design  cost  and 
accelerating time to market. This tool suite assists designers in creating optimal products that are tightly aligned with target 
design and performance specifications. Design Studio works seamlessly with multiple display configurations and stack-ups, 
including  discrete  sensor,  on-glass-sensor,  on-cell,  and  in-cell  solutions.  Design  Studio  includes  tuning  and  configuration 
wizards,  production  test  tools,  and  diagnostics  tools  that  configure  and  test  chips  and  modules  built  using  Synaptics’ 
capacitive sensing technology.

SentryPoint®

SentryPoint is our suite of advanced security features available with our Natural ID fingerprint products. SentryPoint 
capabilities  include  fingerprint  matching  directly  on  the  sensor  chip,  advanced  anti-spoofing  technology,  a  cryptographic 
security  engine,  security  key  module  generation,  256-bit  AES  encryption  and  TLS  secure  communications  between  the 
fingerprint subsystem and the host platform.

Image StudioTM

Our  Image  Studio  software  simplifies  the  display  design  process,  reducing  design  costs  and  accelerating  time  to 
market.  This  tool  suite  assists  designers  in  creating  displays  that  are  tightly  aligned  with  target  design  and  performance 
specifications. Image Studio works seamlessly with all display drivers and can be used for tuning on the panel or at the phone 
level. Image Studio includes tuning and configuration wizards and diagnostics tools that configure and test the modules built 
using Synaptics’ DDICs.

QDEO® 

QDEO video processing software and firmware delivers immersive entertainment regardless of source.

8

Technologies 

We have developed and own an extensive array of technologies, encompassing ASICs, firmware, software, mechanical 
and  electrical  designs,  display  systems,  pattern  recognition,  touch-sensing  technologies,  fingerprint  sensing,  voice,  audio, 
imaging,  modem  and  multimedia  technologies.    We  continue  to  develop  technology  in  these  areas.    We  believe  these 
technologies  and  the  related  intellectual  property  rights  create  barriers  for  competitors  and  allow  us  to  provide  high-value 
human interface semiconductor product solutions in a variety of high-growth markets.

Our  broad  line  of  human  interface  semiconductor  product  solutions  is  currently  based  upon  the  following  key 

technologies:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

capacitive position sensing technology;

capacitive force sensing technology;

transparent capacitive position sensing technology;

pattern recognition technology;

mixed-signal integrated circuit technology;

display systems and circuit technology;

capacitive active pen technology;

multi-touch technology;

proprietary microcontroller technology; 

proprietary vector co-processor technology;

capacitive fingerprint sensing technology; 

optical fingerprint sensing technology;

voice and audio technology;

imaging and modem technology;

multimedia processing technology; and

deep learning and neural network inferencing technology.

In  addition  to  these  technologies,  we  develop  firmware  and  device  driver  software  that  we  incorporate  into  our 
products, which provide unique features, such as virtual scrolling, customizable tap zones, and tapping and dragging of icons.  
In addition, our ability to integrate all our products to interface with major operating systems provides us with a competitive 
advantage.

Capacitive Position Sensing Technology.  This technology provides a method for sensing the presence, position, and 
contact  area  of  one  or  more  fingers  or  a  stylus  on  a  flat  or  curved  surface.    Our  technology  works  with  very  light  touch, 
supports full multi-touch capabilities, and provides highly responsive cursor navigation, scrolling, and selection.  It uses no 
moving parts, can be implemented under  plastic or glass, and is extremely durable.  Our technology can also track one or 
more fingers in proximity to the touch surface.

Capacitive  Force  Sensing  Technology.    This  technology  senses  the  direction  and  magnitude  of  a  force  applied  to  an 
object.  The object can either move when force is applied, like a typical joystick used for gaming applications, or it can be 
isometric, with no perceptible motion during use, like our TouchStyk, ForcePad, or ClearForce.  The primary competition for 
this  technology  is  resistive  strain  gauge  technology.    Resistive  strain  gauge  technology  requires  electronics  that  can  sense 
very small changes in resistance, presenting challenges to the design of that circuitry, including sensitivity to electrical noise 
and interference.  Our electronic circuitry determines the magnitude and direction of an applied force, permits very accurate 
sensing  of  tiny  changes  in  capacitance,  and  minimizes  electrical  interference  from  other  sources.    Our  capacitive  force 
sensing technology can be integrated with our position sensing technology.

9

Pattern Recognition Technology.  This technology is a set of software algorithms and techniques for converting real 
world data, such as gestures and handwriting, into a digital form that can be recognized and manipulated within a computer.  
Our technology provides reliable gesture decoding and handwriting recognition, and can be used in other applications such as 
signature verification for a richer user experience.

Mixed-Signal  Integrated  Circuit  Technology.    This  hybrid  analog-digital  integrated  circuit  technology  combines  the 
power of digital computation with the ability to interface with non-digital, real-world signals, such as the position of a finger 
or stylus on a surface.  Our patented design techniques permit us to utilize this technology to optimize our core ASIC engine 
for  all  our  products.    Our  mixed-signal  technology  consists  of  a  broad  portfolio  of  circuit  expertise  in  areas  such  as  the 
following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

precision capacitance measurement;

power management (switching converters, charge pumps, and Low-dropout regulators, or LDOs);

analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters;

LCD source and VCOM drivers;

high-speed serial interfaces;

display timing controllers, or TCONs;

DDICs;

electromagnetic emissions suppression and susceptibility hardening;

SRAM, DRAM, and non-volatile memories;

VLSI digital circuits with multiple clock and power domains; and

communications and signal processing circuits.

Display  Systems  and  Circuit  Technology.    This  technology  enables  us  to  develop  optimized  human  interface 
semiconductor product solutions with improved compatibility with their application environments. This technology consists 
of mobile and large format display semiconductor expertise, including the following functional blocks:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

TCONs;

DDICs;

TFT gamma references;

VCOM drivers;

source drivers;

content adaptive brightness control;

contrast enhancement;

color enhancement;

color space adjustment;

gamma curve control;

local area active contrast optimization;

sunlight readability enhancements;

adaptive image compression;

image decompression;

sub-pixel rendering;

video scaling;

edge enhancement;

10

•

•

•

•

•

frame rate control;

selective update;

force, touch and display synchronization;

high-speed serial interfaces such as MIPI DSI and Qualcomm MDDI; and

display power circuits such as inductive switchers, charge pumps, and LDOs.

This  technology  also  enables  us  to  develop  advanced  products  that  combine  the  functions  of  the  display  and  touch 
sensing systems to enable highly integrated display and touch functionality with improved performance, thinner form factors, 
and lower system cost.

Capacitive  Active  Pen  Technology.    This  technology  allows  us  to  develop  a  pen  that  can  be  used  for  input  on  a 
capacitive touchscreen.  As well as generating a signal that allows the touchscreen to track the pen, additional data, such as 
the  pen  applied  force  and  pen  button  states,  are  also  communicated  to  the  touchscreen  device.    Information  can  also  be 
communicated from the touchscreen to the pen.

Multi-touch Technology.  This technology allows us to create capacitive touch products that simultaneously track the 
presence, position and other characteristics of multiple objects in contact with or in close proximity to a flat or curved touch 
surface.  It enables, for example, the recognition of multi-finger gestures, the tracking of a stylus position while the user’s 
palm is also in contact with the touch surface, and the simultaneous interaction of multiple users with the same touch surface.

Proprietary  Microcontroller  Technology.    One  example  of  multi-touch  technology  is  our  proprietary  16-bit 
microcontroller core that is embedded in the digital portion of our mixed signal ASIC, which is allowing us to optimize our 
ASIC for position sensing tasks.  Our embedded microcontroller provides great flexibility in customizing our products via 
firmware, which eliminates the need to design new circuitry for each new application.

Proprietary Vector Co-Processor Technology.  Our vector co-processor technology is designed for use in our ASICs, 
accompanying either one of our own proprietary microcontroller cores or a commercially available one.  The co-processor 
boosts  the  ASIC’s  computational  performance  by  efficiently  processing  vectors  of  data  for  a  range  of  mathematical 
operations.  This allows us to implement more computationally intensive algorithms within our firmware.

Capacitive Fingerprint Sensing Technology.  Our fingerprint sensing technology simplifies the system or application 
authentication  process  by  substituting  the  user’s  fingerprint  for  the  login  name  and  password.  Our  capacitive  fingerprint 
sensing technology provides for fingerprint authentication by scanning and matching an image of a user’s fingerprint, as well 
as  initial  fingerprint  enrollment.    Our  sensing  technology  also  incorporates  spoof  detection  and  includes  many 
implementation choices including back of phone, button integration, touchpad integration, and under glass.

Voice  and  Audio  Technology.    This  technology  allows  us  to  develop  human  interface  and  communication  products 
based on voice and audio interaction.  The technology embodies a broad range of analog and mixed signal circuits expertise 
and audio signal processing algorithms, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Noise suppression;

Acoustic echo cancellation;

De-reverberation;

Active noise cancellation;

Speaker protection;

Audio post processing;

Voice activity detection;

Trigger word detection;

Mid-field and far-field voice processing;

Audio digital signal processor architecture;

11

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Audio codecs;

USB interfaces;

High performance audio analog-to-digital converters, or ADCs, and digital-to-analog converters, or DACs;

Audio amplifiers;

Efficient charge pumps and LDOs;

Low power audio processing;

Product acoustic design.

Imaging and Modem Technology.  This technology allows us to create a family of SoC integrated circuits and software 

for printers, video cameras, fax machines and modems.  Key functional blocks include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Printer imaging pipeline;

Inkjet, laser, and thermal print engine and motor control;

Scan/camera and peripheral control;

Low power video codecs;

Image processing hardware accelerators;

Motion detection;

Data and fax modem hardware and firmware.

Multimedia Processing Technology.  This technology allows us to create multimedia SoC products for set-top boxes, 
digital  personal  assistants,  virtual  reality,  and  over  the  top,  or  OTT,  audio  and  video.    Our  video  processing  technology 
includes hardware and algorithms to reduce analog and digital noise, convert to different video formats, and enhance color 
and contrast.  Our products include security and secure encrypt/decrypt technology, including secure boot and hardware root 
of trust.

Deep Learning and Neural Network Inferencing Technology.  This technology allows us to create and train deep neural 
networks for audio, image processing, and computer vision functions.  Some of our products contain hardware designed to 
evaluate  deep  neural  networks  securely  and  with  low  latency.    We  also  have  technology  that  allows  us  to  compress  our 
trained neural networks for more efficient inferencing on our hardware.

Research and Development

We conduct ongoing research and development programs that focus on advancing our existing interface technologies, 
improving  our  current  product  solutions,  developing  new  products,  improving  design  and  manufacturing  processes, 
enhancing the quality and performance of our product solutions, and expanding our technologies to serve new markets.  Our 
goal is to provide our customers with innovative solutions that address their needs and improve their competitive positions.  
Our  long-term  vision  is  to  offer  human  interface  semiconductor  product  solutions,  such  as  touch,  fingerprint,  handwriting, 
vision, voice and audio capabilities, and biometrics that can be readily incorporated into various electronic devices.

Our  research  and  development  programs  focus  on  the  development  of  accurate,  easy  to  use,  reliable,  and  intuitive 
human interfaces for electronic devices.  We believe our innovative interface technologies can be applied to many diverse 
products, and we believe the interface is a key factor in the differentiation of these products.  We believe that our interface 
technologies  enable  us  to  provide  customers  with  product  solutions  that  have  significant  advantages  over  alternative 
technologies in terms of functionality, size, power consumption, durability, and reliability.  We also intend to pursue strategic 
relationships and acquisitions to enhance our research and development capabilities, leverage our technology, and shorten our 
time to market with new technological applications.

Our research, design, and engineering teams frequently work directly with our customers to design custom solutions for 
specific applications.  We focus on enabling our customers to overcome their technical barriers and enhance the performance 
of their products.  We believe our engineering know-how and electronic systems expertise provide significant benefits to our 
customers by enabling them to concentrate on their core competencies of production and marketing.

12

As of the end of fiscal 2019, we employed 1,401 people in our technology, engineering, and product design functions 
in the United States, China, Taiwan, Japan, India, Korea, Armenia, and Hong Kong.  Our research and development expenses 
were $341.1 million, $363.2 million, and $292.3 million for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Intellectual Property Rights

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability to maintain the proprietary aspects of our technologies 
and products.  We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality agreements, and other statutory 
and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property, but these measures may provide only limited protection.  

As of June 30, 2019, we held 1,875 active patents and 897 pending patent applications worldwide.  Collectively, these 
patents and patent applications cover various aspects of our key technologies, including those for fingerprint sensors, touch 
controllers,  display  driver  ICs,  integrated  touch  and  display  controllers,  touchpad,  far-field  voice  DSPs,  audio  codec, 
multimedia  processors  and  image  processors.    Our  proprietary  firmware  and  software,  including  source  code,  are  also 
protected by copyright laws and applicable trade secret laws.  

Our extensive array of technologies include those related to ICs, firmware, software, and mechanical hardware.  Our 
products  rely  on  a  combination  of  these  technologies,  making  it  difficult  to  use  any  single  technology  as  the  basis  for 
replicating our products.  Furthermore, the lengths of our customers’ design cycles and the customizations required within the 
products we provide to our customers also serve to protect our intellectual property rights.

Customers

Our customers include many of the world’s largest mobile and PC OEMs, based on unit shipments, as well as many 
large IoT OEMS, automotive manufacturers and a variety of consumer electronics manufacturers.  Our demonstrated track 
record of technological leadership, design innovation, product performance, cost effectiveness, and on-time deliveries have 
resulted  in  our  leadership  position  in  providing  human  interface  semiconductor  product  solutions.    We  believe  our  strong 
relationship with our OEM customers, many of which are also currently developing product solutions which are focused in 
several of our target markets, will continue to position us as a source of supply for their product offerings.

Our leading OEM customers in fiscal 2019 included the following:

•    Dell
•    Ford
•    Google
•    Hewlett-Packard
•    Huawei
•    Lenovo
•    LG Electronics

•   Nikon
•   Oppo Mobile
•   Samsung
•   Sony
•   Technicolor
•    Vivo
•    Xiaomi

We  generally  supply  custom-designed  products  to  OEMs  through  their  contract  manufacturers,  supply  chain  or 
distributors. Sales to Sanshin Electronics Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Wisewheel Electronics Co., Ltd., and Worldshine Technology 
Ltd. accounted for 15%, 14%, and 10%, respectively, of our net revenue in fiscal 2019.  

We consider both the OEMs and their contract manufacturers or supply chain partners to be our customers, as well as 
in some cases, our distributors.  Both the OEMs and their partners may determine the design and pricing requirements and 
make the overall decision regarding the use of our human interface semiconductor product solutions in their products.  The 
contract  manufacturers  and  distributors  place  orders  with  us  for  the  purchase  of  our  products,  take  title  to  the  products 
purchased upon delivery by us, and pay us directly for those purchases.  The majority of these customers do not have return 
rights except for warranty provisions.

Strategic Relationships

We  have  used  strategic  relationships  to  enhance  our  ability  to  offer  value-added  customer  solutions  in  the  past.  We 

intend to enter additional strategic relationships with companies that may help us serve our target markets.

13

Sales and Marketing

We sell our product solutions for incorporation into the products of our OEM customers.  We generate sales through 
direct sales employees as well as outside sales representatives, distributors and value added resellers.  Our sales personnel 
receive substantial technical assistance and support from our internal technical marketing and engineering resources because 
of  the  highly  technical  nature  of  our  product  solutions.    Sales  frequently  result  from  multi-level  sales  efforts  that  involve 
senior management, design engineers, and our sales personnel interacting with our customers' decision makers throughout the 
product development and order process.

As  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2019,  we  employed  246  sales  and  marketing  professionals.    We  maintain  customer  support 
offices  domestically  and  internationally,  which  are  located  in  the  United  States,  Taiwan,  China,  India,  Korea,  Japan,  and 
Europe.  In addition, we utilize value-added resellers and sales distributors which are primarily located in America, China, 
Korea and Taiwan.

International sales constituted over 86% of our revenue for each of fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017. Approximately 78% of 
our  sales  in  fiscal  2019  were  made  to  companies  located  in  China,  Japan,  and  South  Korea  that  provide  design  and 
manufacturing  services  for  major  notebook  computer  and  mobile  product  applications  OEMs.    Our  sales  are  almost 
exclusively denominated in U.S. dollars.  This information should be read in conjunction with Note 12 Segment, Customers, 
and Geographic Information to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Manufacturing

We  employ  a  virtual  manufacturing  platform  through  third-party  relationships.    We  currently  utilize  a  few 
semiconductor wafer manufacturers to supply us with silicon wafers integrating our proprietary design specifications.  The 
completed  silicon  wafers  are  forwarded  to  third-party  package  and  test  processors  for  further  processing  into  die  and 
packaged  ASICs,  as  applicable,  which  are  then  utilized  in  our  custom  interface  products  or  processed  as  our  ASIC-based 
solution.

After processing and testing, the die and ASICs are consigned to various contract manufacturers for assembly or are 
shipped directly to our customers.  During the assembly process, our die or ASIC is either combined with other components 
to complete the module for our custom human interface solution or the ASIC is maintained as a standalone finished good.  
The finished assembled product is subsequently shipped directly to our customers or by our contract manufacturers directly 
to our customers for integration into their products.

We diversify our production capacity through third-party relationships, thereby strengthening our virtual manufacturing 
platform.  We believe our virtual manufacturing strategy provides a scalable business model, enables us to concentrate on our 
core competencies of research and development, technological advances, and product design and engineering, and reduces 
our capital investment.  

Our  third-party  contract  manufacturers  and  semiconductor  fabricators  are  Asia-based  organizations.  We  generally 
provide  our  contract  manufacturers  with  six-month  rolling  forecasts  of  our  production  requirements.    We  generally  do  not 
have long-term agreements with our contract manufacturers that guarantee production capacity, prices, lead times, or delivery 
schedules.  Our reliance on these parties exposes us to vulnerability owing to our dependence on a few sources of supply.  
We  believe,  however,  that  other  sources  of  supply  are  available.    We  may  establish  relationships  with  other  contract 
manufacturers in order to reduce our dependence on any one source of supply.

Periodically, we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers when a customer delays its delivery schedule or 
cancels its order.  In those circumstances in which our customer has cancelled its order and we purchase inventory from our 
contract manufacturers, we consider a write-down to reduce the carrying value of the inventory purchased to its net realizable 
value.  We  charge  write-downs  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  obsolete,  slow  moving,  and  non-usable  inventory  to  its  net 
realizable value and charge such write-downs to cost of revenue.  We also record a liability and charge to cost of revenue for 
estimated  losses  on  inventory  we  are  obligated  to  purchase  from  our  contract  manufacturers  when  such  losses  become 
probable from customer delays or order cancellations.

14

Backlog

As of the end of fiscal 2019, we had a backlog of orders of $277.0 million, an increase of $9.7 million compared with a 
backlog of orders as of the end of fiscal 2018 of $267.3 million.  The increase in backlog is primarily due to slightly higher 
average selling prices of products ordered in backlog in all of our businesses, partially offset by a lower number of units in 
backlog for products ordered by customers at the end of fiscal 2019 than those ordered at the end of fiscal 2018.  Our backlog 
consists of products for which purchase orders have been received and are scheduled for shipment in the subsequent quarter.  
Most orders are subject to rescheduling or cancellation with limited penalties.  Because of the possibility of customer changes 
in product shipments, our backlog as of a particular date may not necessarily be indicative of net revenue for any succeeding 
period.

Competition

PC and Mobile

Our touch, display and fingerprint-based semiconductor products are sold into markets for mobile product applications, 
PC  product  applications,  automobile  applications  and  other  electronic  devices.    The  markets  for  touchscreen  products  are 
characterized by rapidly changing technology and intense competition.  Our principal competition in the sale of touchscreen 
products  includes  Goodix,  Melfas,  Samsung  LSI,  Solomon  Systech,  STMicroelectronics  and  various  other  companies 
involved in human interface semiconductor product solutions.  Our principal competitor in the sale of notebook touch pads 
are Elan Microelectronics and Goodix.  Our principal competitors in the sale of display driver products and TDDI products 
for  the  mobile  and  PC  product  applications  markets  include  Focaltech,  Himax  Technologies,  Novatek  Microelectronics, 
Samsung LSI and SiliconWorks.  Our principal competitors in the sale of fingerprint authentication solutions for PC product 
applications markets are Egis Technology, Elan Microelectronics, Fingerprint Cards and Goodix.  

IoT

Our solutions for far-field voice, SoCs enabling new and efficient forms of media consumption paradigms, and video 
interface  semiconductor  products  are  sold  into  market  segments  that  are  showing  significant  growth,  ranging  from  smart 
assistant  platforms  to  SPP/OTT  platforms  and  VR/AR  solutions.  The  markets  for  SPP/OTT  products  and  smart  assistant 
solutions  require  strong  technology  innovation  and  deep  systems  and  systems  engineering  expertise.  Our  principal 
competition in these markets include Broadcom, MediaTek, AmLogic and Realtek, among others.  

We  provide  voice  processing  silicon  and  software  solutions  for  voice-enabled  devices,  consumer  and  commercial 
imaging,  and  next-generation  audio  applications.  In  addition  to  our  voice  solutions,  we  support  the  headphone  and  virtual 
reality/mixed reality head mounted display industry with USB-C codec solutions for next generation wireless audio devices 
and wearables. Our competitors in the sale of audio products include BES Technic, Cirrus Logic, Qualcomm, Realtek, and 
STMicroelectronics.  Our  automotive  products  include  touch,  display  driver  and  fingerprint  solutions  for  major  automotive 
OEMs.  Our principal competitors for these products include Cypress, Focaltech, Goodix, Himax and Microchip.  Our IoT 
interface  products  are  sold  into  PC  and  smartphone  docks  and  wireless  adapter  market  applications.  Our  principal 
competitors in the sale of IoT interface products are Megachips and Realtek.  We provide fax, modem and print silicon and 
software solutions for printers, POS and medical applications. Our principal competitors in these markets are Silicon Labs, 
Broadcom and QBit. 

General

We believe our solutions-based systems and engineering experience, coupled with our technologies, offer benefits in 
terms  of  size,  power  consumption,  durability,  ease  of  use,  cost  effectiveness,  and  reliability  when  compared  to  our 
competitors  and  other  technologies.    While  our  markets  continue  to  evolve,  we  believe  we  are  well  positioned  to  compete 
aggressively  for  this  business  based  on  our  proven  track  record,  our  technological  expertise,  our  marquee  global  customer 
base,  our  technology  roadmap,  and  our  reputation  for  design  innovation.    Our  competitive  position  could  be  adversely 
affected if one or more of our current OEMs reduce their orders or if we are unable to develop new customers for our human 
interface semiconductor product solutions.

Employees

As  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2019,  we  employed  a  total  of  1,861  persons,  including  214  in  operations,  finance,  and 
administration; 246 in sales and marketing; and 1,401 in research and development.  Of these employees, 586 were located in 
North America and 1,275 in Asia/Pacific and the rest of the world.  We consider our relationship with our employees to be 
good, and none of our employees are represented by a union in collective bargaining with us.

Competition  for  qualified  personnel  in  our  industry  is  extremely  intense,  particularly  for  engineering  and  other 

technical personnel.  Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel.

15

Information about our Executive Officers 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of August 19, 2019:

Name

Age

Position

Michael Hurlston

Kermit Nolan

Saleel Awsare

Shawn Liu

Richard Lu

John McFarland

Alex Wong

52

59

54

55

40

52

64

President and Chief Executive Officer

Chief Accounting Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer

Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  IoT  Division,  Corporate 
Marketing & Investor Relations

Senior Vice President and General Manager, PC Division

Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  Mobile  and  Automotive 
Division

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations

Michael Hurlston has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of our Company since August 19, 2019. Prior to 
joining our company, Mr. Hurlston served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of Finisar 
Corporation  from  January  2018  to  August  2019.  Prior  to  joining  Finisar,  he  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager  of  the  Mobile  Connectivity  Products/Wireless  Communications  and  Connectivity  Division  and  held  senior 
leadership positions in sales, marketing and general management at Broadcom Limited and its predecessor corporation from 
November  2001  through  October  2017.  Prior  to  joining  Broadcom  in  2001,  Mr.  Hurlston  held  senior  marketing  and 
engineering positions at Oren Semiconductor, Inc., Avasem, Integrated Circuit Systems, Micro Power Systems, Exar and IC 
Works from 1991 until 2001. Mr. Hurlston is a member of the board of directors of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Vilynx Inc. 
Mr. Hurlston holds a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering and a Master’s degree in 
Business Administration from the University of California, Davis.

Kermit  Nolan  has  been  the  Chief  Accounting  Officer  and  Interim  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  our  company  since 
February 2019. Mr. Nolan joined the company in March 2004 and has served in various accounting, tax and finance roles 
including  most  recently  as  Vice  President  of  Finance  and  Corporate  Controller.  Prior  to  joining  our  company,  Mr.  Nolan 
worked in various tax and accounting positions at two public companies including Hello Direct (acquired by GN Netcom in 
November 2000), and Inmac (acquired by MicroWarehouse in January 1996). Mr. Nolan began his career in accounting with 
KPMG, formerly, Peat, Marwick, Mitchell and Co. Mr. Nolan holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from San 
Jose State University.

Saleel Awsare has been the Senior Vice President and General Manager of our IoT Division since April 2019 and the 
Senior Vice President of Corporate Marketing & Investor Relations since December 2018. Before joining our company as 
Corporate Vice President and General Manager of Audio & Imaging Products, he was President of Conexant Systems, LLC 
(“Conexant”) from March 2016 to July 2017, and Senior Vice President & General Manager of Audio & Imaging from April 
2012 to March 2016.  Synaptics acquired Conexant in July 2017. Mr. Awsare served as President of Nuvoton Technology 
Corporation's U.S. operations and General Manager of Nuvoton’s audio and voice divisions from December 2008 to March 
2012. Prior to Nuvoton, Mr. Awsare was the Executive Vice President and General Manager of mixed signal products for 
Winbond  Electronics  Corporation  America.  Before  Winbond,  Mr.  Awsare  was  a  director  of  engineering  for  Information 
Storage  Devices.  Mr.  Awsare  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of Sigma Designs, Inc. and a member of the Board of Trustees of Stevens 
Institute  of  Technology.  Mr  Awsare  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering  from  Stevens  Institute  of 
Technology and a Master of Science in Engineering Management from Santa Clara University.

16

Shawn  Liu  has  been  the  Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  PC  Division  of  our  company  since  June 
2018.   Mr.  Liu  joined  Synaptics  in  November  2012  as  our  Vice  President  of  ThinTouch  Products  in  the  Human  Interface 
Systems Division, and then rotated through senior leadership positions in the Smart Display Division and Biometrics Product 
Division within Synaptics, including most recently as the Vice President and General Manager, PC Division from July 2017 
to  June  2018.  From  January  2011  to  November  2012,  he  was  a  Director  at  Apple,  where  he  led  an  Engineering  Program 
Management team responsible for technologies in Mac and iOS products.  From 2000 to 2011, Mr. Liu held senior positions 
at  AMD/ATI  and  Cadence.  Early  in  his  career,  Mr.  Liu  spent  several  years  in  Taiwan  in  various  managerial  capacities 
including  a  business  development  position  at  a  wireless  chipset  start-up,  and  held  various  design  engineering  positions  at 
SGI, LSI Logic and VLSI Technology. Mr. Liu is a member of the Board of Directors of OXi Technology Ltd. Mr. Liu holds 
a Bachelor of Science degree and Master of Science degree, both in Electrical Engineering, from Cornell University.

Richard Lu has been the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Mobile and Automotive Division of our 
company  since  December  2018.  Prior  to  joining  our  company,  Mr.  Lu  was  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  the 
Mobile  Solutions  Division  at  Fairchild  Semiconductor  from  February  2013  to  September  2016  and  Vice  President  and 
General Manager of the Mobile, Computing, and Cloud Division at ON Semiconductor from September 2016 to December 
2018, after ON Semiconductor’s acquisition of Fairchild Semiconductor. Prior to Fairchild, Mr. Lu held design engineering 
and design management positions at Maxim Integrated and Analog Devices Inc. Mr. Lu holds a Bachelor of Science and a 
Master of Science degrees in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley.

John McFarland has been the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of our company since November 
2013.  Prior to joining our company, Mr. McFarland served for nine years as the Executive Vice President, General Counsel 
and Secretary of MagnaChip Semiconductor. Mr. McFarland spent his early career at law firms in Palo Alto, California, and 
Seoul, Korea. Mr. McFarland holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Asian Studies, conferred with highest distinction from the 
University of Michigan, and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of California, Los Angeles, School of Law.

Alex Wong has been the Senior Vice President of Worldwide Operations of our company since July 2010.  Mr. Wong 
served  as  the  Principal  Executive  Officer  of  our  Company  from  March  2019  to  August  2019,  and  Vice  President  of 
Worldwide  Operations  of  our  company  from  September  2006  to  July  2010.  From  2003  to  2006,  Mr.  Wong  served  our 
company as Managing Director of Hong Kong and Director of Operations.  Prior to joining our company, Mr. Wong held 
various  management  positions  with  National  Semiconductor  Corporation,  including  General  Manager  for  National  Joint 
Ventures in China and Hong Kong and Director of Corporate Business Development.  Mr. Wong holds a Bachelor of Science 
degree in Computer Science from California State University at Northridge and a Master’s degree in Business Administration 
from the University of East Asia, Macau.

There  are  no  arrangements,  understandings,  or  family  relationships  pursuant  to  which  our  executive  officers  were 
selected.    There  are  no  related  party  transactions  between  us  and  our  executive  officers.    We  have  entered  into 
indemnification agreements with our officers and directors. 

17

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following factors, together with all the other information included in this report, in 

evaluating our company and our business.

We  currently  depend  on  our  human  interface  solutions  for  the  mobile  product  applications  market  and  the  PC 
product  applications  market  for  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenue,  and  any  downturn  in  sales  of  these  products 
would adversely affect our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition.

We currently depend on our human interface solutions for the mobile product applications market and the PC product 
applications market for a substantial portion of our revenue. Any downturn in sales of these products would adversely affect 
our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition.  Similarly, a softening of demand in the smartphone market, 
the  tablet  market,  or  the  notebook  portion  of  the  PC  product  applications  market,  or  a  slowdown  of  growth  in  the  mobile 
product applications market because of consumer preferences, the emergence of applications not including our solutions, or 
other factors would cause our business, operating results, and financial position to suffer.

Net revenue from our human interface solutions for mobile product applications has been volatile in the past and may 
not increase or be less volatile in the future.

Net  revenue  from  our  human  interface  solutions  for  mobile  product  applications,  particularly  smartphones,  has  been 
volatile in the past, and may not increase or be less volatile in the future.  Net revenue from our human interface solutions for 
mobile  product  applications  was  $900.1  million  for  fiscal  2019,  $1,021.0  million  for  fiscal  2018,  and  $1,406.0  million  for 
fiscal 2017.  Our human interface business for mobile product applications faces many uncertainties, including our success in 
enhancing our position in evolving markets dominated by a limited number of OEMs, and market acceptance of our products 
over competitive or lower-cost solutions. Our inability to address these uncertainties successfully would negatively affect our 
business.

A significant portion of our sales comes from one or more large customers, the loss of which could harm our business, 
financial condition, and operating results.

Historically, we have relied on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our total revenue. If we lost 
key  customers,  or  if  key  customers  reduced  or  stopped  placing  orders  for  our  high-volume  products,  our  financial  results 
could  be  adversely  affected.    Sales  to  Sanshin  Electronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  Shenzhen  Wisewheel  Electronics  Co.,  Ltd.  and 
Worldshine Technology Ltd. accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue in fiscal 2019.  During fiscal 2019, we had two 
OEM  customers  that  integrated  our  products  into  their  mobile  products  representing  approximately  24%  and  18%  of  our 
revenue and one OEM customer that integrated our products into their PC products that represented approximately 11% of 
our revenue; we sold to these customers primarily indirectly through multiple distributors.  Significant reductions in sales to 
our  largest  customers,  the  loss  of  other  major  customers,  or  a  general  decrease  in  demand  for  our  products  within  a  short 
period of time could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and business.

We  sell  to  contract  manufacturers  that  serve  our  OEM  customers.    Any  material  delay,  cancellation,  or  reduction  of 
orders  from  any  one  or  more  of  these  contract  manufacturers  or  the  OEMs  they  serve  could  harm  our  business,  financial 
condition, and operating results.  The adverse effect could be more substantial if our other customers do not increase their 
orders  or  if  we  are  unsuccessful  in  generating  orders  for  our  solutions  with  new  customers.    Many  of  these  contract 
manufacturers  sell  to  the  same  OEMs,  and  therefore  our  concentration  with  certain  OEMs  may  be  higher  than  with  any 
individual contract manufacturer.  Concentration in our customer base may make fluctuations in revenue and earnings more 
severe and make business planning more difficult.

We  are  exposed  to  industry  downturns  and  cyclicality  in  our  target  markets  that  may  result  in  fluctuations  in  our 
operating results.

The consumer electronics industry has experienced significant economic downturns at various times.  These downturns 
are characterized by diminished product demand, accelerated erosion of average selling prices, and production overcapacity.  
In addition, the consumer electronics industry is cyclical in nature.  We seek to reduce our exposure to industry downturns 
and cyclicality by providing design and production services for leading companies in rapidly expanding industry segments.  
We may, however, experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in future operating results because of general industry 
conditions or events occurring in the general economy.

18

We cannot assure you that our human interface business for new markets will be successful or that we will be able to 
continue to generate significant revenue from these markets.

Our product solutions may not be successful in new markets despite the fact that these product solutions are capable of 
enabling  people  to  interact  more  easily  and  intuitively  with  a  wide  variety  of  personal  computer,  mobile  computing, 
communications, entertainment, automotive, electronic and smart devices.

Various target markets for our interface solutions, such as automotive touchscreens, and IoT, may develop slower than 
anticipated  or  could  utilize  competing  technologies.    The  markets  for  certain  of  these  products  depend  in  part  upon  the 
continued development and deployment of wireless and other technologies, which may or may not address the needs of the 
users of these products.

Our ability to generate significant revenue from new markets will depend on various factors, including the following:

•

•

•

the development and growth of these markets;

the  ability  of  our  technologies  and  product  solutions  to  address  the  needs  of  these  markets,  the  price  and 
performance requirements of OEMs, and the preferences of end users; and

our  ability  to  provide  OEMs  with  human  interface  solutions  that  provide  advantages  in  terms  of  size,  power 
consumption, reliability, durability, performance, and value-added features compared with alternative solutions.

Many  manufacturers  of  these  products  have  well-established  relationships  with  competitive  suppliers.    Our  ongoing 
success in these markets will require us to offer better performance alternatives to other solutions at competitive costs.  The 
failure of any of these target markets to develop as we expect, or our failure to serve these markets to a significant extent, will 
impede our sales growth and could result in substantially reduced earnings and a restructuring of our operations.  We cannot 
predict the size or growth rate of these markets or the market share we will achieve or maintain in these markets in the future.

If we fail to maintain and build relationships with our customers, or our customers’ products which utilize our human 
interface solutions do not gain widespread market acceptance, our revenue may stagnate or decline.

We do not sell any products to end users and we do not control or influence the manufacture, promotion, distribution, 
or  pricing  of  the  products  that  incorporate  our  human  interface  solutions.    Instead,  we  design  various  human  interface 
solutions that our OEM customers incorporate into their products, and we depend on such OEM customers to successfully 
manufacture  and  distribute  products  incorporating  our  solutions  and  to  generate  consumer  demand  through  marketing  and 
promotional activities.  As a result of this, our success depends almost entirely upon the widespread market acceptance of our 
OEM  customers’  products  that  incorporate  our  human  interface  solutions.    Even  if  our  technologies  successfully  meet  our 
customers'  price  and  performance  goals,  our  sales  would  decline  or  fail  to  develop  if  our  customers  do  not  achieve 
commercial success in selling their products that incorporate our human interface solutions.

We  must  maintain  our  relationships  with  our  existing  customers,  particularly  with  leading  notebook  computer, 
smartphone and tablet OEMs, and expand our relationships with IoT OEMs. Our customers generally do not provide us with 
firm, long-term volume purchase commitments, opting instead to issue purchase orders that they can cancel, reduce, or delay, 
subject  to  certain  limitations.    In  order  to  meet  the  expectations  of  our  customers,  we  must  provide  innovative  human 
interface solutions on a timely and cost-effective basis. This requires us to match our design and production capacity with 
customer demand, maintain satisfactory delivery schedules, and meet performance goals.  If we are unable to achieve these 
goals for any reason, our sales may decline or fail to develop, which would result in decreasing revenue.

In addition to maintaining and expanding our customer relationships, we must also identify areas of significant growth 
potential in other markets, establish relationships with OEMs in those markets, and assist those OEMs in developing products 
that incorporate our human interface product solutions.  Our failure to identify potential growth opportunities, particularly in 
the smartphone and the tablet market, the PC product applications market, or the IoT market, or our failure to establish and 
maintain relationships with OEMs in those markets, would prevent our business from growing in those markets.

19

We depend on third parties to maintain satisfactory manufacturing yields and delivery schedules, and their inability 
to do so could increase our costs, disrupt our supply chain, and result in our inability to deliver our products, which 
would adversely affect our operating results.

We depend on our contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators to maintain high levels of productivity and 
satisfactory  delivery  schedules  at  manufacturing  and  assembly  facilities  located  primarily  in  China,  Taiwan,  and  Thailand.  
We provide our contract manufacturers with six-month rolling forecasts of our production requirements.  We generally do 
not,  however,  have  long-term  agreements  with  our  contract  manufacturers  that  guarantee  production  capacity,  prices,  lead 
times, or delivery schedules.  On occasion, customers require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources 
and reduce our margins.  Although we have been able to obtain increased production capacity from our third-party contract 
manufacturers in the past, there is no guarantee that our contract manufacturers will be able to increase production capacity to 
meet  customer  demands  in  the  future.    Our  contract  manufacturers  also  serve  other  customers,  a  number  of  which  have 
greater production requirements than we do.  As a result, our contract manufacturers could determine to prioritize production 
capacity for other customers or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us on short notice. Qualifying new contract manufacturers, 
and  specifically  semiconductor  foundries,  is  time  consuming  and  might  result  in  unforeseen  manufacturing  and  operations 
problems.  We  may  also  encounter  lower  manufacturing  yields  and  longer  delivery  schedules  in  commencing  volume 
production of new products that we introduce, which could increase our costs or disrupt our supply of such products.  The 
loss  of  relationships  with  our  contract  manufacturers  or  assemblers,  or  their  inability  to  conduct  their  manufacturing  and 
assembly services for us as anticipated in terms of capacity, cost, quality, and timeliness could adversely affect our ability to 
fill  customer  orders  in  accordance  with  required  delivery,  quality,  and  performance  requirements,  and  adversely  affect  our 
operating results.

Shortages of components and materials may delay or reduce our sales and increase our costs, thereby harming our 
operating results.

The  inability  to  obtain  sufficient  quantities  of  components  and  other  materials  necessary  for  the  production  of  our 
products could result in reduced or delayed sales or lost orders.  Many of the materials used in the production of our products 
are available only from a limited number of foreign suppliers, particularly suppliers located in Asia.  In most cases, neither 
we  nor  our  contract  manufacturers  have  long-term  supply  contracts  with  these  suppliers.    As  a  result,  we  are  subject  to 
increased costs, supply interruptions, and difficulties in obtaining materials.  Our customers also may encounter difficulties or 
increased  costs  in  obtaining  the  materials  necessary  to  produce  their  products  into  which  our  product  solutions  are 
incorporated.  Future  shortages  of  materials  and  components,  including  potential  supply  constraints  of  silicon,  could  cause 
delayed shipments and customer dissatisfaction, which may result in lower revenue.

We are subject to lengthy development periods and product acceptance cycles, which can result in development and 
engineering costs without any future revenue.

We  provide  human  interface  solutions  that  are  incorporated  by  OEMs  into  the  products  they  sell.    OEMs  make  the 
determination during their product development programs whether to incorporate our solutions or pursue other alternatives.  
This process requires us to make significant investments of time and resources in the design of human interface solutions for 
our OEMs’ products well before our customers introduce their products incorporating our interface solutions into the market, 
and  before  we  can  be  sure  that  we  will  generate  any  significant  sales  to  our  customers  or  even  recover  our  investment.  
During a customer’s entire product development process, we face the risk that our interfaces will fail to meet our customer’s 
technical,  performance,  or  cost  requirements,  or  that  our  products  will  be  replaced  by  competitive  products  or  alternative 
technological solutions.  Even if we complete our design process in a manner satisfactory to our customer, the customer may 
delay  or  terminate  its  product  development  efforts.    The  occurrence  of  any  of  these  events  could  cause  sales  to  not 
materialize, be deferred, or be cancelled, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We  face  intense  competition  that  could  result  in  our  losing  or  failing  to  gain  market  share  and  suffering  reduced 
revenue.

We  serve  intensely  competitive  markets  that  are  characterized  by  price  erosion,  rapid  technological  change,  and 
competition  from  major  domestic  and  international  companies.    This  intense  competition  could  result  in  pricing  pressures, 
lower sales, reduced margins, and lower market share.  Depressed economic conditions, a slowdown in the PC, mobile or IoT 
product  applications  markets,  the  emergence  of  new  products  not  including  our  product  solutions,  rapid  changes  in  the 
smartphone or IoT markets and competitive pressures may result in lower demand for our product solutions and reduced unit 
margins.

20

Any  movement  away  from  high-quality,  custom-designed,  feature-rich  human  interface  solutions  to  lower  priced 
alternatives  would  adversely  affect  our  business.    Some  of  our  competitors,  particularly  in  the  markets  for  mobile  product 
applications  and  other  electronic  devices,  have  greater  market  recognition,  larger  customer  bases,  and  substantially  greater 
financial,  technical,  marketing,  distribution,  and  other  resources  than  we  possess  and  that  afford  them  greater  competitive 
advantages.  As a result, they may be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of products, negotiate lower 
prices for raw materials and components, deliver competitive products at lower prices, and introduce new product solutions 
and respond to customer requirements more quickly than we can.  Our competitive position could suffer if one or more of our 
customers  determine  not  to  utilize  our  custom  engineered,  total  solutions  approach  and  instead,  decide  to  design  and 
manufacture their own interfaces, contract with our competitors, or use alternative technologies.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, both within and outside our control.  These factors 

include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our  success  in  designing  and  introducing  new  human  interface  solutions,  including  those  implementing  new 
technologies;

our ability to predict the evolving needs of our customers and to assist them in incorporating our technologies 
into their new and existing products;

our ability to meet our customers’ requirements for low power consumption, ease of use, reliability, durability, 
and small form factor;

our ability to meet our customers’ price and performance requirements;

the quality of our customer service and support;

the rate at which customers incorporate our human interface solutions into their own products;

product or technology introductions by our competitors; and

foreign currency fluctuations, which may cause a foreign competitor’s products to be priced significantly lower 
than our product solutions.

If we do not keep pace with technological innovations, our products may not remain competitive and our revenue and 
operating results may suffer.

We  operate  in  rapidly  changing,  highly  competitive  markets.    Technological  advances,  the  introduction  of  new 
products and new design techniques could adversely affect our business unless we are able to adapt to changing conditions.  
Technological  advances  could  render  our  solutions  less  competitive  or  obsolete,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  respond 
effectively to the technological requirements of evolving markets.  Therefore, we will be required to expend substantial funds 
for and commit significant resources to enhancing and developing new technology, which may include purchasing advanced 
design tools and test equipment, hiring additional highly qualified engineering and other technical personnel, and continuing 
and expanding research and development activities on existing and potential human interface solutions.

Our  research  and  development  efforts  with  respect  to  new  technologies  may  not  result  in  customer  or  market 
acceptance.  Some or all of those technologies may not successfully make the transition from the research and development 
stage  to  cost-effective  production  as  a  result  of  technology  problems,  competitive  cost  issues,  yield  problems,  and  other 
factors.    Even  if  we  successfully  complete  a  research  and  development  effort  with  respect  to  a  particular  technology,  our 
customers may decide not to introduce or may terminate products utilizing the technology for a variety of reasons, including 
difficulties  with  other  suppliers  of  components  for  the  products,  superior  technologies  developed  by  our  competitors  and 
unfavorable  comparisons  of  our  solutions  with  these  technologies,  price  considerations  and  lack  of  anticipated  or  actual 
market demand for the products.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to develop and utilize new technologies that address the needs of our 
customers, or our competitors or customers develop and utilize new technologies more effectively or more quickly than we 
can.  Any investments made to enhance or develop new technologies that are not successful could have an adverse effect on 
our net revenue and operating results.

21

We may not be able to enhance our existing product solutions and develop new product solutions in a timely manner.

Our  future  operating  results  will  depend  to  a  significant  extent  on  our  ability  to  continue  to  provide  new  human 
interface solutions that compare favorably with alternative solutions on the basis of time to introduction, cost, performance, 
and  end  user  preferences.    Our  success  in  maintaining  existing  customers,  attracting  new  customers,  and  developing  new 
business depends on various factors, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

innovative development of new solutions for customer products;

utilization of advances in technology;

maintenance of quality standards;

performance advantages;

efficient and cost-effective solutions; and

timely completion of the design and introduction of new human interface solutions.

Our inability to enhance our existing product solutions and develop new product solutions on a timely basis could harm 

our operating results and impede our growth.

Additionally, our human interface solutions are designed to integrate touch, handwriting, vision and voice capabilities.  
New computing and communications devices could be developed that call for a different interface solution.  Existing devices 
could  also  be  modified  to  allow  for  a  different  interface  solution.    Our  business  could  be  harmed  if  our  products  become 
noncompetitive as a result of a technological breakthrough that allows a new interface solution to displace our solutions and 
achieve significant market acceptance.

Changes  to  import,  export  and  economic  sanction  laws  may  expose  us  to  liability,  increase  our  costs  and  adversely 
affect our operating results. 

As a global company headquartered in the U.S., we are subject to U.S. laws and regulations, including import, export 
and economic sanction laws. These laws may include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products to embargoed or 
sanctioned  countries,  regions,  governments,  persons  and  entities,  may  require  an  export  license  prior  to  the  export  of  the 
controlled item, or may otherwise limit and restrict the export of certain products and technologies.  Many of our customers, 
suppliers and contract manufacturers are foreign companies or have significant foreign operations. The imposition of new or 
additional economic and trade sanctions against our major customers, suppliers or contract manufacturers could result in our 
inability  to  sell  to,  and  generate  revenue  from  such  customer,  supplier  or  contract  manufacturer.  As  a  result  of  restrictive 
export laws, our customers may also develop their own solutions to replace our products or seek to obtain a greater supply of 
similar  or  substitute  products  from  our  competitors  that  are  not  subject  to  these  restrictions,  which  could  material  and 
adversely affect our business and results of operations.  

In addition, compliance with additional export regulations may result in increased costs to the company. Although we 
have an export compliance program, maintaining and adapting our export controls program to new and shifting regulations is 
expensive,  time-consuming  and  requires  significant  management  attention.  Failure  to  comply  with  trade  or  economic 
sanctions  could  subject  the  company  to  legal  liabilities  and  fines  from  the  U.S.  government.  We  must  also  comply  with 
export restrictions and laws imposed by other countries affecting trade and investments. Although these restrictions and laws 
have not materially restricted our operations in the recent past, there is a significant risk that they could do so in the future, 
which would materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

22

Changes  to  international  trade  policy  and  rising  concerns  of  international  tariffs,  including  tariffs  applied  to  goods 
traded  between  the  United  States  and  China,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business  and  results  of 
operations.

Many  of  the  materials  used  in  the  production  of  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  limited  number  of  foreign 
suppliers, particularly suppliers located in Asia.  The imposition of tariffs against foreign imports of certain materials could 
make  it  more  difficult  or  expensive  for  us  or  our  OEMs  to  obtain  sufficient  quantities  of  components  and  other  materials 
necessary  for  the  production  of  our  products  or  products  which  incorporate  our  human  interface  product  solutions.    Any 
interruptions to supply could result in delay or cancellation of our products, which could adversely affect our business and 
operating results.  

In  addition,  the  institution  of  trade  tariffs  both  globally  and  between  the  U.S.  and  China  carry  the  risk  that  China’s 
overall economic condition may be negatively affected, which could affect our China operations, including the manufacturing 
operations on which we rely in China. Further, imposition of tariffs could cause a decrease in the sales of our products to 
customers  located  in  China  or  to  our  OEMs  selling  to  customers  in  China,  which  could  impact  our  business,  revenue  and 
operating results. 

International sales and manufacturing risks could adversely affect our operating results.

Our  manufacturing  and  assembly  operations  are  primarily  conducted  in  China,  Taiwan,  and  Thailand  by  contract 
manufacturers  and  semiconductor  fabricators.    We  have  sales  and  logistics  operations  in  Hong  Kong,  and  sales  and 
engineering design support operations in Armenia, China, Denmark, India, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, and Taiwan.  These 
international operations expose us to various economic, political, and other risks that could adversely affect our operations 
and operating results, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing a multinational organization;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

differing labor regulations;

potentially adverse tax consequences;

possible employee turnover or labor unrest;

greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

the burdens and costs of compliance with a variety of foreign laws;

the volatility of currency exchange rates;

potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

political or economic instability in certain parts of the world; and

natural disasters, including earthquakes or tsunamis.

If any of these risks associated with international operations materialize, our operations could significantly increase in 

cost or be disrupted, which would negatively affect our revenue and operating results.

Our  operating  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  fluctuations  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar  against  foreign 
currencies.

We transact business predominantly in U.S. dollars, and we invoice and collect our sales in U.S. dollars.  A weakening 
of the U.S. dollar could cause our overseas vendors to require renegotiation of either the prices or currency we pay for their 
goods and services.  In the future, customers may negotiate pricing and make payments in non-U.S. currencies.  For fiscal 
2019,  approximately  11%  of  our  costs  were  denominated  in  non-U.S.  currencies,  including  Armenian  dram,  Canadian 
dollars, European Union euro, Hong Kong dollars, Indian rupee, New Taiwan dollars, Japanese yen, Korean won, Chinese 
yuan, and Swiss francs.

23

If  our  overseas  vendors  or  customers  require  us  to  transact  business  in  non-U.S.  currencies,  fluctuations  in  foreign 
currency  exchange  rates  could  affect  our  cost  of  goods,  operating  expenses,  and  operating  margins,  and  could  result  in 
exchange losses.  In addition, currency devaluation could result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of that currency.  Hedging 
foreign  currencies  can  be  difficult,  especially  if  the  currency  is  not  freely  traded.    We  cannot  predict  the  impact  of  future 
exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results.  

If  we  fail  to  manage  our  growth  effectively,  our  infrastructure,  management,  and  resources  could  be  strained,  our 
ability to effectively manage our business could be diminished, and our operating results could suffer.

The failure to manage our planned growth effectively could strain our resources, which would impede our ability to 
increase revenue.  We have increased the number of our human interface solutions in the past and may plan to further expand 
the number and diversity of our solutions and their use in the future.  Our ability to manage our planned diversification and 
growth effectively will require us to:

•

•

•

•

successfully  hire,  train,  retain,  and  motivate  additional  employees,  including  employees  outside  the  United 
States;

efficiently plan, expand or cost-effectively reduce our facilities to meet headcount requirements;

enhance our global operational, financial, and management infrastructure; and

expand our development and production capacity.

In connection with the expansion and diversification of our product and customer base, we may increase our personnel 
and make other expenditures to meet demand for our expanding product offerings, including offerings in the mobile product 
applications  market,  the  PC  applications  market,  and  the  IoT  market.    Any  increase  in  expenses  or  investments  in 
infrastructure  and  facilities  in  anticipation  of  future  orders  that  do  not  materialize  would  adversely  affect  our  profitability.  
Our customers also may require rapid increases in design and production services that place an excessive short-term burden 
on our resources and the resources of our contract manufacturers.  An inability to quickly expand our development, design or 
production  capacity  or  an  inability  of  our  third-party  manufacturers  to  quickly  expand  development,  design  or  production 
capacity to meet this customer demand could result in a decrease to our revenue or operating results. If we cannot manage our 
growth effectively, our business and operating results could suffer.

We depend on key personnel who would be difficult to replace, and our business will likely be harmed if we lose their 
services or cannot hire additional qualified personnel.

Our success depends substantially on the efforts and abilities of our senior management and other key personnel.  The 
competition  for  qualified  management  and  key  personnel,  especially  engineers,  is  intense.    Although  we  maintain 
nondisclosure  covenants  with  most  of  our  key  personnel,  and  our  key  executives  have  change  of  control  severance 
agreements, we do not have employment agreements with many of them.  The loss of services of one or more of our key 
employees or the inability to hire, train, and retain key personnel, especially engineers and technical support personnel, and 
capable  sales  and  customer-support  employees  outside  the  United  States,  could  delay  the  development  and  sale  of  our 
products, disrupt our business, and interfere with our ability to execute our business plan.

24

If we are unable to obtain stockholder approval of share-based compensation award programs or additional shares 
for such programs, we could be at a competitive disadvantage in the marketplace for qualified personnel or may be 
required to increase the cash element of our compensation program.

Competition  for  qualified  personnel  in  our  industry  is  extremely  intense,  particularly  for  engineering  and  other 
technical personnel.  Our compensation program, which includes cash and share-based compensation award components, has 
been instrumental in attracting, hiring, motivating, and retaining qualified personnel. Our success depends on our continued 
ability to use our share-based compensation programs to effectively compete for engineering and other technical personnel 
and  professional  talent  without  significantly  increasing  cash  compensation  costs.    In  the  future,  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain 
stockholder  approval  of  our  share-based  compensation  programs  or  additional  shares  for  such  programs,  we  could  be  at  a 
competitive disadvantage in the marketplace for qualified personnel or we may be required to increase the cash elements of 
our compensation program to account for this disadvantage.

Our ability to compete successfully and continue growing as a company depends on our ability to adequately protect 
our proprietary technology and confidential information.

We  protect  our  proprietary  technology  and  confidential  information  through  the  use  of  patents,  trade  secrets, 
trademarks, confidentiality agreements and other contractual provisions. The process of seeking patent protection is lengthy 
and expensive. Further, there can be no assurance that even if a patent is issued, that it will not be challenged, invalidated or 
circumvented,  or  that  the  rights  granted  under  the  patents  will  provide  us  with  meaningful  protection  or  any  commercial 
advantage.

We have not applied for, and do not have, any copyright registration on our technologies or products.  We have applied 
to register certain of our trademarks in the United States and other countries. There can be no assurance that we will obtain 
registrations of principal or other trademarks in key markets.  Failure to obtain registrations could compromise our ability to 
fully  protect  our  trademarks  and  brands,  and  could  increase  the  risk  of  challenge  from  third  parties  to  our  use  of  our 
trademarks and brands. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries in 
which we operate. In particular, the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property in China, where 
we derive a significant portion of our net sales, and certain other countries where we derive net sales, are still evolving and 
historically,  have  not  protected  and  may  not  protect  in  the  future,  intellectual  property  rights  to  the  same  extent  as  laws 
developed in the United States.

We do not consistently rely on written agreements with our customers, suppliers, manufacturers, and other recipients of 
our  technologies  and  products  and  therefore,  some  trade  secret  protection  may  be  lost  and  our  ability  to  enforce  our 
intellectual  property  rights  may  be  limited.    Confidentiality  and  non-disclosure  agreements  which  are  in  place  may  not  be 
adequate to protect our proprietary technologies or may be breached by other parties. Additionally, our customers, suppliers, 
manufacturers, and other recipients of our technologies and products may seek to use our technologies and products without 
appropriate  limitations.  In  the  past,  we  did  not  consistently  require  our  employees  and  consultants  to  enter  into 
confidentiality,  employment,  or  proprietary  information  and  invention  assignment  agreements.    Therefore,  our  former 
employees  and  consultants  may  try  to  claim  some  ownership  interest  in  our  technologies  and  products,  or  may  use  our 
technologies  and  products  competitively  and  without  appropriate  limitations.  Unauthorized  parties  may  attempt  to  copy  or 
otherwise  use  aspects  of  our  technologies  and  products  that  we  regard  as  proprietary.  Other  companies,  including  our 
competitors,  may  independently  develop  technologies  that  are  similar  or  superior  to  our  technologies,  duplicate  our 
technologies,  or  design  around  our  patents.  If  our  intellectual  property  protection  is  insufficient  to  protect  our  intellectual 
property rights, we could face increased competition in the markets for our technologies and products.

We may pursue, and from time to time defend litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade 
secrets, and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.  These litigations, whether successful or 
unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and operating results.

Any  claims  that  our  technologies  infringe  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  third  parties  could  result  in  significant 
costs and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We cannot be certain that our technologies and products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other third party 
proprietary rights.  Any claims, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of resources, 
including the attention of management, and could require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  licenses  could  be  obtained  on 
commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or that the terms of any offered licenses would be acceptable to us.  We may also 

25

have to pay substantial damages to third parties, or indemnify customers or licensees for damages they suffer if the products 
they purchase from us or the technology they license from us violates any third party intellectual property rights. An adverse 
determination  in  a  judicial  or  administrative  proceeding,  or  a  failure  to  obtain  necessary  licenses  to  use  such  third-party 
technology could prevent us from manufacturing, using, or selling certain of our products, and there is no guarantee that we 
will be able to develop or acquire alternate non-infringing technology.

In addition, we license certain technology used in and for our products from third parties.  These third-party licenses 
are granted with restrictions, and there can be no assurances that such third-party technology will remain available to us on 
commercially acceptable terms.

If  third-party  technology  currently  utilized  in  our  products  is  no  longer  available  to  us  on  commercially  acceptable 
terms, or if any third party initiates litigation against us for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights, we may not be 
able  to  sell  certain  of  our  products  and  we  could  incur  significant  costs  in  defending  against  litigation  or  attempting  to 
develop or acquire alternate non-infringing products, which would have an adverse effect on our operating results.

If we become subject to product returns or claims resulting from defects in our products, we may incur significant 
costs resulting in a decrease in revenue.

We  develop  complex  products  in  an  evolving  marketplace  and  generally  warrant  our  products  for  a  period  of  12 
months from the date of delivery.  Despite testing by us and our customers, defects may be found in existing or new products.  
Manufacturing  errors  or  product  defects  could  result  in  a  delay  in  recognition  or  loss  of  revenue,  loss  of  market  share,  or 
failure  to  achieve  market  acceptance.    Additionally,  defects  could  result  in  financial  or  other  damages  to  our  customers, 
causing us to incur significant warranty, support, and repair costs, and diverting the attention of our engineering personnel 
from key product development efforts.

Any acquisitions that we undertake could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and 
harm our operating results.

We expect to continue to pursue opportunities to acquire other businesses and technologies in order to complement our 
current human interface solutions, expand the breadth of our markets, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise create 
growth  opportunities.    We  cannot  accurately  predict  the  timing,  size,  and  success  of  any  currently  planned  or  future 
acquisitions.  We may be unable to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to complete the acquisitions of candidates that 
we  identify.    Increased  competition  for  acquisition  candidates  or  increased  asking  prices  by  acquisition  candidates  may 
increase  purchase  prices  for  acquisitions  to  levels  beyond  our  financial  capability  or  to  levels  that  would  not  result  in  the 
returns required by our acquisition criteria.  Acquisitions may also become more difficult in the future as we or others acquire 
the most attractive candidates.  Unforeseen expenses, difficulties, and delays frequently encountered in connection with rapid 
expansion through acquisitions could inhibit our growth and negatively impact our operating results.  If we make any future 
acquisitions,  we  could  issue  stock  that  would  dilute  existing  stockholders'  percentage  ownership,  incur  substantial  debt, 
assume contingent liabilities, or experience higher operating expenses.

We may be unable to effectively complete an integration of the management, operations, facilities, and accounting and 
information systems of acquired businesses with our own; efficiently manage, combine or restructure the operations of the 
acquired  businesses  with  our  operations;  achieve  our  operating,  growth,  and  performance  goals  for  acquired  businesses; 
achieve additional revenue as a result of our expanded operations; or achieve operating efficiencies or otherwise realize cost 
savings  as  a  result  of  anticipated  acquisition  synergies.    The  integration  of  acquired  businesses  involves  numerous  risks, 
including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the potential disruption of our core business;

the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and procedures;

potential unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business;

costs relating to liabilities which we agree to assume;

unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition;

diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

problems assimilating the purchased operations, technologies, or products;

risks associated with entering markets and businesses in which we have little or no prior experience;

26

•

•

•

•

•

failure of acquired businesses to achieve expected results;

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

failure to retain key customers, suppliers, or personnel of acquired businesses;

the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets; and

the potential inability to create uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies, and information systems.

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  would  be  successful  in  overcoming  problems  encountered  in  connection  with  any 
acquisitions, and our inability to do so could disrupt our operations, result in goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges, 
and adversely affect our business.

Potential strategic alliances may not achieve their objectives, and the failure to do so could impede our growth.

We  have  entered,  and  we  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  enter,  into  strategic  alliances.    We  continually  explore 
strategic  alliances  designed  to  enhance  or  complement  our  technology  or  to  work  in  conjunction  with  our  technology;  to 
provide  necessary  know-how,  components,  or  supplies;  and  to  develop,  introduce,  and  distribute  products  utilizing  our 
technology.  Certain strategic alliances may not achieve their intended objectives, and parties to our strategic alliances may 
not perform as contemplated.  The failure of these alliances to achieve their objectives may impede our ability to introduce 
new products and enter new markets.

We must finance the growth of our business and the development of new products, which could have an adverse effect 
on our operating results.

To remain competitive, we must continue to make significant investments in research and development, marketing, and 
business development.  Our failure to sufficiently increase our net revenue to offset these increased costs would adversely 
affect our operating results.

From  time  to  time,  we  may  seek  additional  equity  or  debt  financing  to  provide  for  funds  required  to  expand  our 
business, including through acquisitions.  We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such requirements at this time.  If 
such  financing  is  not  available  to  us  on  satisfactory  terms,  we  may  be  unable  to  expand  our  business  or  to  develop  new 
business at the rate desired and our operating results may suffer.  If obtained, the financing itself carries risks including the 
following:  (i) debt financing increases expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results; and (ii) equity financing, 
including  the  issuance  of  convertible  notes  or  additional  shares  in  connection  with  acquisitions,  could  result  in  dilution  to 
existing stockholders and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Transactions  relating  to  our  Convertible  Notes  may  dilute  the  ownership  interest  of  our  stockholders,  or  may 
otherwise depress the price of our common stock.

The conversion of some or all of our outstanding 0.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”) would dilute 
the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of any such notes.  If the 
Notes become convertible under the terms of the indenture, and if holders subsequently elect to convert their notes, we could 
be  required  to  deliver  to  them  a  significant  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Any  sales  in  the  public  market  of  the 
common  stock  issuable  upon  such  conversion  could  adversely  affect  prevailing  market  prices  of  our  common  stock.  In 
addition, the existence of the Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of such notes 
could be used to satisfy short positions. Additionally, anticipated conversion of such notes into shares of our common stock 
could  depress  the  price  of  our  common  stock.  Please  see  Note  6  Debt  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  contained 
elsewhere in this report for more information about our Notes.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition or operating flexibility and prevent us from fulfilling 
our obligations outstanding under our credit agreement, the Notes, and other indebtedness we may incur from time to 
time.

On  June  26,  2017,  we  completed  the  offering  of  the  Notes  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $525.0  million,  of 
which $220.0 million of the net proceeds were used to repay the amounts outstanding under our credit agreement (which we 
refer to herein, as amended and supplemented, as the “Credit Agreement”) with the lenders party thereto, or the Lenders, and 
Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  or  the  Administrative  Agent,  as  administrative  agent  for  the  Lenders,  with  a 
corresponding  reduction  of  revolver  commitments  under  the  Credit  Agreement  to  $250.0  million,  none  of  which  was 

27

outstanding as of June 30, 2019.  We are permitted under the indenture governing our Notes and the Credit Agreement to 
incur  additional  debt  under  certain  conditions,  including  additional  secured  debt.    If  new  debt  were  to  be  incurred  in  the 
future, the related risks that we now face could intensify. 

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences on our future operations, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

making  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  satisfy  our  payment  and  other  obligations  under  the  Notes,  the  Credit 
Agreement or our other outstanding debt from time to time;

risking  an  event  of  default  if  we  fail  to  comply  with  the  financial  and  other  covenants  contained  in  the  Notes 
indenture  or  the  Credit  Agreement,  which  could  result  in  the  Notes  or  any  outstanding  bank  debt  becoming 
immediately due and payable and could permit the lenders under the Credit Agreement to foreclose on the assets 
securing such bank debt;

subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on our debt with variable interest rates, 
including the debt that we may incur under the Credit Agreement;

the  LIBOR  index  is  expected  to  be  discontinued  at  the  end  of  2021  and  the  replacement  rate  could  be  more 
volatile or more costly, resulting in a higher cost of borrowing under our Credit Agreement;

reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other 
general corporate purposes, and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to, changes in our business, 
the industry in which we operate and the general economy; and

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or are less leveraged.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us 
under the Credit Agreement, the indenture governing the Notes or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our 
debt or to fund our other liquidity needs.

The  accounting  method  for  convertible  debt  securities  that  may  be  settled  in  cash,  such  as  the  Notes,  could  have  a 
material effect on our reported financial results.

In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 
470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options. Under ASC 470-20, companies are required to separately account for the 
liability  and  equity  components  of  convertible  debt  instruments  that  may  be  settled  entirely  or  partially  in  cash  upon 
conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The equity component of our Notes is required to be 
included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet, and the value of 
the equity component is treated as an original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the Notes. 
As a result, we are required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods presented as a result of 
the amortization of the discounted carrying value of the Notes to their face amount over the term of the Notes. ASC 470-20 
requires interest to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s coupon interest, 
which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading 
price of the Notes. In addition, under certain circumstances, the convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely or 
partially in cash will be accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the 
effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings 
per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock 
method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock 
that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that 
the accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the 
treasury stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes, then our diluted earnings per share 
would be adversely affected.

28

The covenants in the Credit Agreement impose restrictions that may limit our operating and financial flexibility.

The Credit Agreement includes certain covenants that limit (subject to certain exceptions) our ability to, among other 
things:  (i) incur  or  guarantee  additional  indebtedness;  (ii) incur  or  suffer  to  exist  liens  securing  indebtedness;  (iii) make 
investments; (iv) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; (v) sell assets; (vi) pay dividends or other 
distributions on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates; (viii) amend, modify, prepay 
or redeem subordinated indebtedness; (ix) enter into certain restrictive agreements; (x) engage in a new line of business; and 
(xi) enter into sale leaseback transactions. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that (i) restrict the 
amount of capital expenditures that may be made in any fiscal year, (ii) require the ratio of the amount of our consolidated 
total  indebtedness  to  consolidated  EBITDA  to  be  less  than  certain  maximum  ratio  levels,  and  (iii) require  the  ratio  of  the 
amount of our consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense to be greater than a certain minimum ratio level.

If  we  violate  these  covenants  and  are  unable  to  obtain  waivers,  our  debt  under  the  Credit  Agreement  would  be  in 
default and could be accelerated, and could permit, in the case of secured debt, the lenders to foreclose on our assets securing 
the Credit Agreement. If the indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to 
refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms that are 
acceptable to us. If our debt is in default for any reason, our cash flows, results of operations or financial condition could be 
materially and adversely affected. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that may 
make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject 
to such restrictions.

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over our financial reporting, we may incur significant expenses 
to remediate internal control deficiencies, lose investor confidence and our share price may decline.

We  are  subject  to  rules  adopted  by  the  SEC,  pursuant  to  Section 404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  or  SOX, 
which requires us to include in our quarterly and annual reports on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, our management’s report on, and 
assessment of the effectiveness of, our internal control over financial reporting.  We have concluded that our internal control 
over financial reporting is effective, however, we need to maintain our existing processes and systems and incorporate and 
adapt to new or improved processes and systems as our business grows and changes, including in connection with planned 
acquisitions.  This  continuous  process  of  maintaining  and  adapting  our  internal  controls  and  complying  with  SOX  is 
expensive,  time-consuming  and  requires  significant  management  attention.  We  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  be  able  to 
maintain adequate and effective internal controls over our, and our acquired companies’ financial processes and reporting and 
ensure compliance with SOX and SEC rules. Further, as we grow our company, including through acquisitions, our internal 
controls may become more complex and may require significantly more resources to ensure they remain effective.  Failure to 
comply with SOX and SEC rules, including a delay in or failure to successfully integrate new businesses into our internal 
control over financial reporting, a failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the 
implementation  of  such  new  or  improved  controls,  could  harm  our  operating  results  or  cause  us  to  not  meet  our  reporting 
obligations.  If  we  or  our  auditors  identify  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  controls,  the  disclosure  of  that  fact,  even  if 
quickly remedied, may cause investors to lose confidence in our consolidated financial statements and the trading price of our 
common stock may decline. Remediation of a material weakness could require us to incur significant expense and expend 
significant management attention.  Failure to remedy any material weakness could result in inaccurate financial statements, 
an  inability  for  the  company  to  report  our  financial  results  on  a  timely  and  accurate  basis,  a  loss  in  investor  confidence, 
decline  in  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock,  restriction  on  access  to  worldwide  capital  markets,  and  sanctions  or 
investigation by regulatory authorities, including the SEC or the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

29

If tax laws change in the jurisdictions in which we do business or if we receive a material tax assessment in connection 
with  an  examination  of  our  income  tax  returns,  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash 
flows could be adversely affected. 

We are subject to U.S. federal, state, and foreign income taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. In 
addition, we are required to pay U.S. federal taxes on the operating earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. Our future 
effective tax rates and the value of our deferred tax assets could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws in the U.S. or in 
the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the 
tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we do business. The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in 
estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of highly complex tax laws.  Our results have in the past, and could 
in the future, include favorable and unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period a determination of 
such estimated tax liability is made or resolved, upon the filing of an amended return, upon a change in facts, circumstances, 
or  interpretation,  or  upon  the  expiration  of  a  statute  of  limitation.   While  we  believe  we  have  adequately  provided  for 
reasonably  foreseeable  outcomes  in  connection  with  the  resolution  of  income  tax  uncertainties,  the  resolution  of  these 
uncertainties  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  our  expectations  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial 
position, result of operations, or cash flows.

We may incur material environmental liabilities as a result of prior operations at an acquired company.

In  connection  with  our  acquisition  in  July  2017  of  Conexant,  we  agreed  to  assume  certain  environmental  liabilities, 
including  remediation  of  environmental  impacts  at  a  property  formerly  owned  and  operated  by  Conexant  (the  “Conexant 
Site”) and for potential future claims alleging personal injury or property damage related to the environmental impacts at and 
about the Conexant Site. We continue to incur costs to investigate and remediate the Conexant Site’s environmental impacts, 
and we are at risk for future personal injury and property damage claims related to the Conexant Site.  Various federal, state 
and local authorities regulate the release of hazardous substances into the environment and can impose substantial fines if our 
remediation efforts at or about the Conexant Site fail or are deemed inadequate.  In addition, changes in laws, regulations and 
enforcement policies, the discovery of previously unknown contamination at the Conexant Site, the implementation of new 
technology  at  the  Conexant  Site,  or  the  establishment  or  imposition  of  stricter  federal,  state,  or  local  cleanup  standards  or 
requirements  with  respect  to  the  Conexant  Site  could  require  us  to  incur  additional  costs  in  the  future  that  could  have  a 
negative effect on our financial condition or results of operations. 

We face risks associated with security breaches or cyber-attacks.

We face risks associated with security breaches or cyber-attacks of our computer systems or those of our third-party 
representatives, vendors, and service providers.  Although we have implemented security procedures and controls to address 
these threats, our systems may still be vulnerable to data theft, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties, 
or similar disruptive problems.  If our systems, or systems owned by third parties affiliated with our company, were breached 
or  attacked,  the  proprietary  and  confidential  information  of  our  company,  our  employees  and  our  customers  could  be 
disclosed and we may be required to incur substantial costs and liabilities, including the following: liability for stolen assets 
or information; fines imposed on us by governmental authorities for failure to comply with privacy laws or for disclosure of 
any personally identifiable information as a part of such attack; costs of repairing damage to our systems; lost revenue and 
income resulting from any system downtime caused by such breach or attack; loss of competitive advantage if our proprietary 
information is obtained by competitors as a result of such breach or attack; increased costs of cyber security protection; costs 
of  incentives  we  may  be  required  to  offer  to  our  customers  or  business  partners  to  retain  their  business;  damage  to  our 
reputation; and expenses to rectify the consequences of the security breach or cyber-attack.  In addition, any compromise of 
security from a security breach or cyber-attack could deter customers or business partners from entering into transactions that 
involve providing confidential information to us.  As a result, any compromise to the security of our systems could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, and operating results.

The accounting requirements for income taxes on certain of our share-based compensation awards may subject our 
future quarterly and annual effective tax rates to volatility.

We recognize a tax benefit upon expensing nonqualified stock options and deferred stock units, or DSUs, issued under 
our  share-based  compensation  plans.    However,  under  current  accounting  standards,  we  cannot  recognize  that  tax  benefit 
concurrent with expensing incentive stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares (qualified stock options) issued 
under  our  share-based  compensation  plans.    For  qualified  stock  options  that  vested  after  our  adoption  of  the  applicable 
accounting standards, we recognize the tax benefit only in the period when disqualifying dispositions of the underlying stock 
occur and, for qualified stock options that vested prior to our adoption of the applicable accounting standards, the tax benefit 
is recorded directly to additional paid-in capital.  Accordingly, because we cannot recognize the tax benefit for share-based 

30

compensation expense associated with qualified stock options until the occurrence of future disqualifying dispositions of the 
underlying  stock,  such  disqualified  dispositions  may  happen  in  periods  when  our  stock  price  substantially  increases,  and 
because a portion of that tax benefit may be directly recorded to additional paid-in capital, our future quarterly and annual 
effective tax rates may be subject to volatility.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, and discourage 
a takeover.

Our certificate of incorporation and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain provisions that may have the effect 
of making more difficult or delaying attempts by others to obtain control of our company, even when such attempts may be in 
the  best  interests  of  our  stockholders.    Our  certificate  of  incorporation  also  authorizes  our  Board  of  Directors,  without 
stockholder  approval,  to  issue  one  or  more  series  of  preferred  stock,  which  could  have  voting  and  conversion  rights  that 
adversely affect or dilute the voting power of the holders of our common stock.  Delaware law also imposes conditions on 
certain business combination transactions with “interested stockholders.”  Our certificate of incorporation divides our Board 
of  Directors  into  three  classes,  with  one  class  to  stand  for  election  each  year  for  a  three-year  term  after  the  election.    The 
classification  of  directors  tends  to  discourage  a  third  party  from  initiating  a  proxy  solicitation  or  otherwise  attempting  to 
obtain  control  of  our  company  and  may  maintain  the  incumbency  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  as  this  structure  generally 
increases  the  difficulty  of,  or  may  delay,  replacing  a  majority  of  directors.    Our  certificate  of  incorporation  authorizes  our 
Board  of  Directors  to  fill  vacancies  or  newly  created  directorships.    A  majority  of  the  directors  then  in  office  may  elect  a 
successor to fill any vacancies or newly created directorships, thereby increasing the difficulty of, or delaying a third party’s 
efforts in, replacing a majority of directors.

The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile.

The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to 

various factors, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

variations in our quarterly results;

the financial guidance we may provide to the public, any changes in such guidance, or our failure to meet such 
guidance;

changes in financial estimates by industry or securities analysts or our failure to meet such estimates;

various market factors or perceived market factors, including rumors, whether or not correct, involving us, our 
customers, our suppliers, our competitors, or a potential acquisition of our company;

announcements of technological innovations by us, our competitors, or our customers;

introductions of new products or new pricing policies by us, our competitors, or our customers;

acquisitions or strategic alliances by us, our competitors, or our customers;

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the gain or loss of significant orders;

the gain or loss of significant customers;

market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers, and the economy as a whole;

short positions held by investors; 

new federal and state laws and regulations affecting our industry; and

general financial market conditions or occurrences, including market volatility resulting from geopolitical risks, 
and  rivalries,  acts  of  war,  terrorist  attacks,  cybersecurity  attacks,  financial  market  technological  glitches  and 
interruptions of trading activity.

In addition, stocks of technology companies have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have 
been  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  these  companies’  operating  performance.    Public  announcements  by  technology 
companies  concerning,  among  other  things,  their  performance,  accounting  practices,  or  legal  problems  could  cause  the 
market price of our common stock to decline regardless of our actual operating performance.

31

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices, as well as our principal research and development, sales, marketing, and administrative 
functions, are located in San Jose, California, where we own and utilize approximately 210,000 square feet of facilities.  We 
also  have  research  and  development  functions  in  leased  offices  in  California,  Georgia  and  Texas.    Our  two  Asia/Pacific 
principal offices are located in leased offices in Hong Kong and Japan, where we have sales, operations, and research and 
development functions.  We have leased facilities with logistics operations in Hong Kong and Japan, leased facilities with 
sales  and  support  operations  in  China,  Denmark,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  Korea,  Switzerland  and  Taiwan,  and  leased  facilities 
with engineering design support operations in Armenia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan and California, U.S.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We  are  party  to  various  litigation  matters  and  claims  arising  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  
While the results of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of such matters will 
not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

For  further  information  regarding  current  legal  proceedings,  see  Note  7  Commitments  and  Contingencies  to  the 

consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

32

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information on Common Stock

Our  common  stock  has  been  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  (formerly  the  Nasdaq  National  Market) 

under the symbol "SYNA" since January 29, 2002.  Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock.  

Stockholders

As of August 19, 2019, there were approximately 133 holders of record of our common stock.  The closing price of our 

common stock as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of August 19, 2019 was $34.68.

Dividends

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock.    We  currently  plan  to  retain  all  earnings  to 
finance  the  growth  of  our  business,  make  our  debt  payments,  or  purchase  shares  under  our  common  stock  repurchase 
program.  Payments of any cash dividends in the future will depend on our financial condition, operating results, and capital 
requirements, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Our Credit Agreement also places restrictions on the payment of any dividends.  For a further description of the terms 

of the Credit Agreement, see Note 6 Debt to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Stock-Based Compensation

For  information  on  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity  compensation  plans,  see  Item  12.  Security 

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

From April 2005 through August 2019, our Board of Directors cumulatively authorized $1.4 billion for our common 
stock  repurchase  program,  which  expires  in  July  2021  (which  includes  the  August  2019  authorization  by  the  Board  of 
Directors  of  up  to  an  additional  $100  million  of  our  common  stock  and  extended  the  expiration  date  by  two  years).  
Subsequent  to  the  end  of  our  fiscal  2019,  we  purchased  555,663  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  $17.0  million.  The 
remaining amount authorized for repurchase under our stock repurchase program was $190.6 million as of August 5, 2019.  
During the three-month period ended June 30, 2019, repurchases under the stock repurchase program were as follows:

Average
Price
Paid
per
Share

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced

Maximum
Dollar Value
of Shares
that May
Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Program  
—    $148,792,320 
30.16     
320,000      139,141,747 
28.06      1,124,337      107,595,953 

Program  

Period
—     
March 31, 2019 - April 27, 2019 ................................................   
April 28, 2019 - May 25, 2019....................................................   
320,000    $
May 26, 2019 - June 29, 2019.....................................................    1,124,337     
Total.......................................................................................    1,444,337     

Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased  

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
        
       
 
Performance Graph

The following line graph compares cumulative total stockholder returns for the five years ended June 30, 2019 for (i) 
our  common  stock,  (ii)  the  Nasdaq  Composite  Index  (iii)  the  Philadelphia  Semiconductor  Index  and  (iv)  the  S&P 
Semiconductor  Select  Industry  Index.    The  graph  assumes  an  investment  of  $100  on  June  30,  2014.    The  calculations  of 
cumulative stockholder return on the Nasdaq Composite Index, the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index (PHLX), and the S&P 
Semiconductor Select Industry Index include reinvestment of dividends.  The calculation of cumulative stockholder return on 
our common stock does not include reinvestment of dividends because we did not pay any dividends during the measurement 
period.  The historical performance shown is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

COMPARISON OF 60 MONTH CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among Synaptics Incorporated, The Nasdaq Composite Index, The PHLX Semiconductor Index, and The S&P Semiconductor Select 
Industry Index

$230

$180

$130

$80

$30

6/14

6/15

6/16

6/17

6/18

6/19

Synaptics Incorporated
Nasdaq Composite Index
PHLX Semiconductor
S&P Semiconductor Select Industry Index

The performance graph above shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise 
subject to the liability of that section.  The performance graph above will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any 
filing of our company under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

34

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected financial data for each fiscal year in the five-year period ended June 30, 2019.  
Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in June. Fiscal 2018 was a 53-week period and all 
other fiscal years presented were 52-week periods. Our past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future 
results  of  operations.    You  should  read  the  selected  financial  data  below  in  conjunction  with  Item  7.  Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
related notes contained elsewhere in this report.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenue .............................................................................................
Cost of revenue .......................................................................................
Gross margin ....................................................................................

   $

 $

1,472.2 
975.1 
497.1 

 $

1,630.3 
1,150.2 
480.1 

 $

1,718.2 
1,194.6 
523.6 

 $

1,666.9 
1,085.4 
581.5 

1,703.0 
1,124.3 
578.7 

2019

2016
2017
2018
(in millions, except per share amounts)

2015

Operating expenses:

Research and development...............................................................
Selling, general, and administrative.................................................
Acquired intangibles amortization ...................................................
Impairment of acquired intangibles .................................................
Change in contingent consideration.................................................
Restructuring costs...........................................................................
Retention costs .................................................................................
Litigation settlement charge.............................................................
Total operating expenses...........................................................
Operating income/(loss)..........................................................................
Interest  income................................................................................
Interest expense................................................................................
Impairment recovery on investments, net ........................................
Income/(loss) before provision for income taxes and equity
   investment loss .......................................................................
Provision for income taxes...............................................................
Equity investment loss .....................................................................
Net income/(loss) ......................................................................

Net income/(loss) per share:

Basic.................................................................................................

Diluted..............................................................................................

Shares used in computing net income/(loss) per share:

Basic.................................................................................................

Diluted..............................................................................................

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments...............................
Working capital.......................................................................................
Total assets..............................................................................................
Long-term debt........................................................................................
Convertible notes, net .............................................................................
Treasury shares, at cost ...........................................................................
Total stockholders' equity .......................................................................

   $

   $

   $

   $

341.1 
130.4 
11.7 
— 
— 
17.7 
2.5 
— 
503.4 
(6.3)
3.9 
(21.2)
2.8 

(20.8)
0.3 
(1.8)
(22.9)

(0.66)

(0.66)

34.6 

34.6 

327.8 
477.2 
1,409.8 
— 
468.3 
1,192.4 
657.3 

 $

 $

 $

 $

363.2 
154.0 
12.8 
— 
— 
12.0 
— 
— 
542.0 
(61.9)
2.3 
(22.2)
— 

(81.8)
40.5 
(1.8)
(124.1)

(3.63)

(3.63)

34.2 

34.2 

301.0 
455.7 
1,499.8 
— 
450.7 
1,073.9 
729.3 

 $

 $

 $

 $

292.3 
137.6 
11.7 
— 
— 
7.3 
— 
10.0 
458.9 
64.7 
0.7 
(6.0)
1.9 

61.3 
12.2 
(0.3)
48.8 

1.40 

1.37 

34.8 

35.6 

367.8 
481.6 
1,266.7 
202.0 
— 
980.3 
740.2 

 $

 $

 $

 $

311.2 
161.7 
18.6 
6.7 
(0.5)
8.6 
— 
— 
506.3 
75.2 
3.1 
(4.8)
2.1 

75.6 
3.4 
— 
72.2 

1.97 

1.91 

36.6 

37.9 

352.2 
429.3 
1,300.2 
216.7 
— 
892.3 
705.0 

 $

 $

 $

 $

293.2 
127.9 
14.2 
— 
(18.8)
— 
— 
— 
416.5 
162.2 
1.6 
(3.8)
0.2 

160.2 
49.8 
— 
110.4 

2.99 

2.84 

36.9 

38.9 

399.9 
469.3 
1,519.4 
231.1 
— 
651.7 
793.1  

Our  basic  net  income/(loss)  per  share  amounts  for  each  period  presented  have  been  computed  using  the  weighted 
average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Our diluted net income/(loss) per share amounts for each period 
presented  include  the  weighted  average  effect  of  potentially  dilutive  shares.    We  used  the  “treasury  stock”  method  to 
determine  the  dilutive  effect  of  our  stock  options,  Deferred  Stock  Units,  or  DSUs,  Market  Stock  Units,  or  MSUs,  and  our 
Notes.

35

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
      
      
      
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
      
      
      
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS

Forward-Looking Statements and Factors That May Affect Results

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes 
contained elsewhere in this report.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and 
assumptions.  Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result 
of a variety of factors, including those set forth elsewhere in this report and under Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Overview

We  are  a  leading  worldwide  developer  and  supplier  of  custom-designed  human  interface  semiconductor  product 
solutions that enable people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communications, 
entertainment, and other electronic devices.  We believe our results to date reflect the combination of our customer focus and 
the strength of our intellectual property and our engineering know-how, which allow us to develop or engineer products that 
meet the demanding design specifications of our OEMs.

We recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount 
that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  All of our revenue, except an 
inconsequential  amount,  is  recognized  at  a  point  in  time,  either  on  shipment  or  delivery  of  the  product,  depending  on 
customer  terms  and  conditions.    Our  net  revenue  decreased  from  $1,703.0  million  for  fiscal  2015  to  $1,472.2  million  for 
fiscal 2019.  For fiscal 2015, we derived 15.3% of our net revenue from the PC market and 84.7% of our net revenue from 
the  mobile  product  applications  market.    For  fiscal  2019,  revenue  from  the  PC  market  accounted  for  17.6%  of  our  net 
revenue, revenue from the mobile product applications market accounted for 61.1% of our net revenue, and revenue from the 
IoT product applications market accounted for 21.3% of our net revenue.

Many  of  our  customers  have  manufacturing  operations  in  China,  and  many  of  our  OEM  customers  have  established 
design  centers  in  Asia.    With  our  expanding  global  presence,  including  offices  in  Armenia,  China,  Denmark,  Hong  Kong, 
India, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan, and the United States, we are well positioned to provide local sales, operational, 
and engineering support services to our existing customers, as well as potential new customers, on a global basis.

Our  manufacturing  operations  are  based  on  a  variable  cost  model  in  which  we  outsource  all  of  our  production 
requirements  and  generally  drop  ship  our  products  directly  to  our  customers  from  our  contract  manufacturers’  facilities, 
eliminating  the  need  for  significant  capital  expenditures  and  allowing  us  to  minimize  our  investment  in  inventories.    This 
approach  requires  us  to  work  closely  with  our  contract  manufacturers  and  semiconductor  fabricators  to  ensure  adequate 
production  capacity  to  meet  our  forecasted  volume  requirements.    We  provide  our  contract  manufacturers  with  six-month 
rolling forecasts and issue purchase orders based on our anticipated requirements for the next 90 days.  However, we do not 
have long-term supply contracts with most of our contract manufacturers.  We use third-party wafer manufacturers to supply 
wafers  and  third-party  packaging  manufacturers  to  package  our  proprietary  ASICs.  In  certain  cases,  we  rely  on  a  single 
source or a limited number of suppliers to provide other key components of our products.  Our cost of revenue includes all 
costs  associated  with  the  production  of  our  products,  including  materials,  logistics,  amortization  of  intangibles  related  to 
acquired developed technology, backlog, and supplier arrangements, manufacturing, assembly, and test costs paid to third-
party  manufacturers,  and  related  overhead  costs  associated  with  our  indirect  manufacturing  operations  personnel.  
Additionally, we charge all warranty costs, losses on inventory purchase obligations, and write-downs to reduce the carrying 
value of obsolete, slow moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value to cost of revenue.

Our gross margin generally reflects the combination of the added value we bring to our OEM customers' products by 
meeting  their  custom  design  requirements  and  the  impact  of  our  ongoing  cost-improvement  programs.    These  cost-
improvement programs include reducing materials and component costs and implementing design and process improvements.  
Our newly introduced products may have lower margins than our more mature products, which have realized greater benefits 
associated  with  our  ongoing  cost-improvement  programs.    As  a  result,  new  product  introductions  may  initially  negatively 
impact our gross margin.

Our research and development expenses include costs for supplies and materials related to product development as well 
as the engineering costs incurred to design ASICs and human interface solutions for OEM customers prior to and after their 
commitment  to  incorporate  those  solutions  into  their  products.  We  continue  to  commit  to  the  technological  and  design 
innovation required to maintain our position in our existing markets, and to adapt our existing technologies or develop new 
technologies for new markets.

36

Selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  include  expenses  related  to  sales,  marketing,  and  administrative 
personnel;  internal  sales  and  outside  sales  representatives'  commissions;  market  and  usability  research;  outside  legal, 
accounting, and consulting costs; and other marketing and sales activities.

Acquired intangibles amortization is the amortization of the cost of our acquired intangible assets related to customer 

relationships and tradenames which are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years.

Restructuring  costs  primarily  reflect  severance  and  facilities  consolidation  costs  related  to  restructuring  of  our 
operations  to  reduce  operating  costs.    These  headcount-  and  facilities-related  costs  were  in  cost  of  revenue,  research  and 
development,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative.  See  Note  13  Restructuring  Activities  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Retention  costs  reflect  the  cost  associated  with  retention  agreements  entered  into  with  key  employees  designed  to 
ensure their continued commitment to the support and management of the operations of the company during the transition to 
new  executive  leadership.    The  retention  period  for  employees  covered  under  the  retention  program  continues  through 
November 2020.

The  litigation  settlement  charge  reflects  costs  recorded  in  connection  with  certain  legal  proceedings  discussed  under 

Note 7 Commitments and Contingencies to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Equity  investment  loss  includes  amortization  of  intangible  assets  reflected  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting  in 
connection with our investment in OXi Technology Ltd. See Note 1 Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report. 

Acquisitions and Financing Activities

On  June  11,  2017,  we  entered  into  a  stock  purchase  agreement  to  acquire  all  of  the  outstanding  limited  liability 
company  interests  of  Conexant  Systems,  LLC  (the  “Conexant  Acquisition”).  The  Conexant  Acquisition  was  intended  to 
increase our presence in the smart home market and increase opportunities to grow revenue. Effective July 25, 2017, or the 
Closing Date, we completed the Conexant Acquisition.  The results of Conexant are included in our consolidated financial 
statements for the period from July 25, 2017 through June 30, 2018.  For further discussion of the Conexant Acquisition, see 
Note 4 Acquisitions to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

On June 11, 2017, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire the multimedia solutions business 
of  Marvell  (the  “Marvell  Business  Acquisition”).  The  Marvell  Business  Acquisition  was  also  intended  to  increase  our 
presence in the smart home market and increase opportunities to grow revenue. Effective September 8, 2017, we completed 
the Marvell Business Acquisition. The results of Marvell are included in our consolidated financial statements for the period 
from  September  8,  2017  through  June  30,  2018.    For  further  discussion  of  the  Marvell  Business  Acquisition,  see  Note  4 
Acquisitions to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

On  June  20,  2017,  we  entered  into  a  purchase  agreement  (the  “Purchase  Agreement”)  with  Wells  Fargo  Securities, 
LLC,  as  representative  of  the  several  initial  purchasers  named  therein  (collectively,  the  “Initial  Purchasers”),  pursuant  to 
which we issued and sold, and the Initial Purchasers purchased, $500 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 
0.50%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2022  (the  “Notes”)  in  a  private  placement  transaction.  Pursuant  to  the  Purchase 
Agreement,  we  also  granted  the  Initial  Purchasers  a  30-day  option  to  purchase  up  to  an  additional  $25  million  aggregate 
principal amount of Notes, which was exercised in full on June 21, 2017. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting 
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, were approximately $514.5 million, 
which includes proceeds from the exercise of the Initial Purchasers’ option to purchase additional Notes. The offering was 
completed on June 26, 2017.  See Note 6 Debt to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, 
or  GAAP,  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue, 
expenses,  and  related  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  estimates, 
including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  cost  of  revenue,  inventories,  product 
warranty,  share-based  compensation  costs,  provision  for  income  taxes,  deferred  income  tax  asset  valuation  allowances, 
uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, goodwill, intangible assets, investments, and contingencies.  We base our estimates 

37

on  historical  experience,  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  and  various  other  assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be  reasonable 
under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  value  of  assets  and 
liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.    Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different 
assumptions or conditions.

The  methods,  estimates,  interpretations,  and  judgments  we  use  in  applying  our  most  critical  accounting  policies  can 
have a significant impact on the results that we report in our consolidated financial statements. The SEC considers an entity’s 
most  critical  accounting  policies  to  be  those  policies  that  are  both  most  important  to  the  portrayal  of  the  entity’s  financial 
condition and results of operations and those that require the entity’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often 
as  a  result  of  the  need  to  make  assumptions  and  estimates  about  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.    We  believe  the 
following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  our  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  our 
consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our  revenue  is  primarily  generated  from  the  sale  of  ASIC  chips,  either  directly  to  a  customer  or  to  a  distributor. 
Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that 
reflects  the  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  All  of  our  revenue,  except  an 
inconsequential  amount,  is  recognized  at  a  point  in  time,  either  on  shipment  or  delivery  of  the  product,  depending  on 
customer  terms  and  conditions.  We  generally  warrant  our  products  for  a  period  of  12  months  from  the  date  of  sale  and 
estimate  probable  product  warranty  costs  at  the  time  we  recognize  revenue  as  the  warranty  is  considered  an  assurance 
warranty  and  not  a  performance  obligation.    Non-product  revenue  is  recognized  over  the  same  period  of  time  such 
performance obligations are satisfied. We then select an appropriate method for measuring satisfaction of the performance 
obligations. 

Revenue from sales to distributors is recognized upon shipment of the product to the distributors (sell-in basis). Master 
sales  agreements  are  in  place  with  certain  customers,  and  these  agreements  typically  contain  terms  and  conditions  with 
respect  to  payment,  delivery,  warranty  and  supply.  In  the  absence  of  a  master  sales  agreement,  we  consider  a  customer's 
purchase order or our standard terms and conditions to be the contract with the customer.

Our  pricing  terms  are  negotiated  independently,  on  a  stand-alone  basis.  In  determining  the  transaction  price,  we 
evaluate whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration which we expect to receive 
for the sale of such products. In limited situations, we make sales to certain customers under arrangements where we grant 
stock rotation rights, price protection and price allowances; variable consideration associated with these rights is expected to 
be inconsequential. These adjustments and incentives are accounted for as variable consideration, classified as other current 
liabilities  under  the  new  revenue  standard  and  are  shown  as  customer  obligations  within  Other  Accrued  Liabilities  as 
disclosed in Note 1 Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements 
contained  elsewhere  in  this  report.  We  estimate  the  amount  of  variable  consideration  for  such  arrangements  based  on  the 
expected value to be provided to customers, and we do not believe that there will be significant changes to our estimates of 
variable  consideration.    When  incentives,  stock  rotation  rights,  price  protection,  volume  discounts,  or  price  allowances  are 
applicable, they are estimated and recorded in the period the related revenue is recognized. Stock rotation reserves are based 
on historical return rates and recorded as a reduction to revenue with a corresponding reduction to cost of goods sold for the 
estimated  cost  of  inventory  that  is  expected  to  be  returned  and  recorded  as  prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets.    In 
limited circumstances, we enter into volume based tiered pricing arrangements and we estimate total unit volumes under such 
arrangement  to  determine  the  expected  transaction  price  for  the  units  expected  to  be  transferred.  Such  arrangements  are 
accounted for as contract liabilities within other accrued liabilities. Sales returns liabilities are recorded as refund liabilities 
within other accrued liabilities. 

Our  accounts  receivable  balance  is  from  contracts  with  customers  and  represents  our  unconditional  right  to  receive 
consideration from customers. Payments are generally due within three months of completion of the performance obligation 
and  subsequent  invoicing  and,  therefore,  do  not  include  significant  financing  components.  To  date,  there  have  been  no 
material impairment losses on accounts receivable. 

We invoice customers for each delivery upon shipment and recognize revenue in accordance with delivery terms. We 
account  for  shipping  and  handling  costs  as  fulfillment  costs  before  the  customer  obtains  control  of  the  goods.  We  classify 
shipping and handling costs as a cost of revenue.  We account for collection of all taxes on a net basis.   

38

We incur commission expense that is incremental to obtaining contracts with customers. Sales commissions (which are 
recorded  in  the  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  line  item  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations)  are 
expensed when the product is shipped because such commissions are owed after shipment.

Inventory

We state our inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  We base our assessment of the ultimate realization 
of  inventories  on  our  projections  of  future  demand  and  market  conditions.    Sudden  declines  in  demand,  rapid  product 
improvements,  or  technological  changes,  or  any  combination  of  these  factors  can  cause  us  to  have  excess  or  obsolete 
inventories.  On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated excess, obsolete or unmarketable inventories and write down our 
inventories  to  their  net  realizable  value  based  on  our  forecasts  of  future  demand  and  market  conditions.    If  actual  market 
conditions  are  less  favorable  than  our  forecasts,  additional  inventory  write-downs  may  be  required.    The  following  factors 
influence  our  estimates:  changes  to  or  cancellations  of  customer  orders,  unexpected  or  sudden  decline  in  demand,  rapid 
product improvements, technological advances, and termination or changes by our OEM customers of any product offerings 
incorporating our product solutions.

Periodically, we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers when a customer delays its delivery schedule or 
cancels its order.  In those circumstances, we record a write-down, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of the inventory 
purchased to its net realizable value.  The effect of these write-downs is to establish a new cost basis in the related inventory, 
which  we  do  not  subsequently  write  up.    We  also  record  a  liability  and  charge  to  cost  of  revenue  for  estimated  losses  on 
inventory we are obligated to purchase from our contract manufacturers when such losses become probable from customer 
delays, order cancellations, or other factors.

39

Results of Operations

The  following  sets  forth  certain  of  our  consolidated  statements  of  income  data  for  fiscal  2019  and  2018  along  with 

comparative information regarding the absolute and percentage changes in these amounts (in millions, except percentages):

2019 (1)

2018 (1)

Mobile product applications.................................................................................

 $

PC product applications........................................................................................

IoT product applications.......................................................................................

Net revenue....................................................................................................

Gross margin .................................................................................................

 $

900.1 

258.9 

313.2 

1,472.2 

497.1 

Operating expenses:

Research and development ............................................................................

Selling, general, and administrative ..............................................................

Acquired intangibles amortization ................................................................

Restructuring costs ........................................................................................

Retention costs...............................................................................................

Operating loss ................................................................................................

Interest and other income, net ..............................................................................

Interest expense ....................................................................................................

Impairment recovery on investments, net ............................................................

Loss before provision for income taxes.........................................................

Provision for income taxes ...................................................................................

Equity investment loss..........................................................................................

341.1 

130.4 

11.7 

17.7 

2.5 

(6.3)

3.9 

(21.2)

2.8 
(20.8)

0.3 

(1.8)

1,021.0 

257.8 

351.5 

1,630.3 

480.1 

363.2 

154.0 

12.8 

12.0 

— 

(61.9)

2.3 

(22.2)

— 
(81.8)

40.5 

(1.8)

Net loss ..........................................................................................................

 $

(22.9)

 $

(124.1)

 $

  $ Change
 $

(120.9)

  % Change

(11.8%)

0.4%

(10.9%)

(9.7%)

3.5%

(6.1%)

(15.3%)

(8.6%)

47.5%

0.0%

(89.8%)

69.6%

(4.5%)

(74.6%)

(99.3%)

0.0%

(81.5%)

1.1 

(38.3)

(158.1)

17.0 

(22.1)

(23.6)

(1.1)

5.7 

2.5 

55.6 

1.6 

1.0 

2.8 
61.0 

(40.2)

— 

101.2 

(1)

Includes  the  post-acquisition  results  of  operations  from  Conexant,  acquired  on  July  25,  2017,  and  the  multimedia  solutions  business  of  Marvell, 
acquired on September 8, 2017 (see Note 4 Acquisitions to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report).

The following sets forth certain of our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenues for 

fiscal 2019 and 2018:

Mobile product applications ..................................................................................
PC product applications .........................................................................................
IoT product applications ........................................................................................
Net revenue ......................................................................................................
Gross margin....................................................................................................

Operating expenses:

Research and development ..............................................................................
Selling, general, and administrative.................................................................
Acquired intangibles amortization...................................................................
Restructuring costs...........................................................................................
Retention costs.................................................................................................
Operating loss ..................................................................................................
Interest and other income, net................................................................................
Interest expense......................................................................................................
Impairment recovery on investments, net..............................................................................
Loss before provision for income taxes...........................................................
Provision for income taxes.....................................................................................
Equity investment loss ...........................................................................................
Net loss ............................................................................................................

2019 (1)

2018 (1)

  Percentage

Point
Increase

(Decrease)

61.1%   
17.6%   
21.3%   
100.0%   
33.8%   

23.2%   
8.9%   
0.8%   
1.2%   
0.2%   
(0.4%)   
0.3%   
(1.4%)   
0.2%   
(1.4%)   
0.0%   
(0.1%)   
(1.6%)   

62.6%   
15.8%   
21.6%   
100.0%   
29.4%   

22.3%   
9.4%   
0.8%   
0.7%   
0.0%   
(3.8%)   
0.1%   
(1.4%)   
0.0%   
(5.0%)   
2.5%   
(0.1%)   
(7.6%)   

(1.5%)
1.8%
(0.3%)

4.4%

0.9%
(0.5%)
0.0%
0.5%
0.2%
3.4%
0.2%
0.0%
0.2%
3.6%
(2.5%)
0.0%
6.0%

(1)

Includes  the  post-acquisition  results  of  operations  from  Conexant,  acquired  on  July  25,  2017,  and  the  multimedia  solutions  business  of  Marvell, 
acquired on September 8, 2017 (see Note 4 Acquisitions to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report).

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Fiscal 2019 Compared with Fiscal 2018

Net Revenue.

Net revenue was $1,472.2 million for fiscal 2019 compared with $1,630.3 million for fiscal 2018, a decrease of $158.1 
million,  or  9.7%.    Of  our  fiscal  2019  net  revenue,  $900.1  million,  or  61.1%,  of  net  revenue  was  from  the  mobile  product 
applications  market,  $258.9  million,  or  17.6%,  of  net  revenue  was  from  the  PC  product  applications  market,  and  $313.2 
million,  or  21.3%,  of  net  revenue  was  from  the  IoT  product  applications  market.    The  overall  decrease  in  net  revenue  for 
fiscal 2019 was attributable to a $120.9 million, or 11.8%, decrease in net revenue from mobile product applications and a 
decrease of $38.3 million, or 10.9% decrease, in net revenue from IoT product applications; partially offset by an increase of 
$1.1 million, or 0.4%, in net revenue from PC product applications.  The decrease in mobile product applications was driven 
by a decrease in the units sold (25.2% less units), partially offset by an increase in average selling prices (which increased 
17.9%).    The  decrease  in  net  revenue  from  IoT  product  applications  was  primarily  driven  by  a  decrease  in  the  units  sold 
(1.5%  less  units)  and  a  decrease  in  average  selling  prices  (which  decreased  9.6%).    The  increase  in  net  revenue  from  PC 
product  applications  was  driven  by  an  increase  in  average  selling  prices  (which  increased  20.9%),  partially  offset  by  a 
decrease in the units sold (17.0% less units).  

Gross Margin. 

Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue was 33.8%, or $497.1 million, for fiscal 2019 compared with 29.4%, or 
$480.1 million, for fiscal 2018.  The 440 basis point increase in gross margin was primarily due to a $38.6 million reduction 
of inventory fair value adjustments associated with the Conexant Acquisition and the Marvell Business Acquisition, an $8.4 
million decrease in acquired intangibles amortization that was charged to cost of revenue during the year, and a favorable mix 
due primarily to IoT business products which have higher gross margins. 

We  continuously  introduce  new  product  solutions,  many  of  which  have  life  cycles  of  less  than  one  year.    Further, 
because we sell our technology solutions in designs that are generally unique or specific to an OEM customer’s application, 
gross  margin  varies  on  a  product-by-product  basis,  making  our  cumulative  gross  margin  a  blend  of  our  product  specific 
designs.    As  a  virtual  manufacturer,  our  gross  margin  percentage  is  generally  not  materially  impacted  by  our  shipment 
volume.  We charge losses on inventory purchase obligations and write-downs to reduce the carrying value of obsolete, slow 
moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value (including warranty costs) to cost of revenue.

Operating Expenses.

Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses decreased $22.1 million, to $341.1 million, 
for fiscal 2019 compared with fiscal 2018.  The decrease in research and development expenses primarily reflected (i) a $19.2 
million decrease in employee compensation and employment-related costs, resulting from a 9.7% decrease in research and 
development  headcount  due  to  restructuring  actions  taken  in  fiscal  2019  to  reduce  costs;  (ii)  a  $5.3  million  decrease  in 
supplies  and  project  related  costs;  (iii)  a  $3.3  million  decrease  in  infrastructure  costs  related  to  facilities;  and  (iv)  a  $2.3 
million  decrease  in  travel  related  costs,  which  was  partially  offset  by  a  $7.1  million  increase  in  software  licensing  and 
intellectual property costs.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased $23.6 million, 
to $130.4 million, for fiscal 2019 compared with fiscal 2018.  The decrease in selling, general, and administrative expenses 
primarily  reflected  (i)  a  $15.6  million  decrease  in  employee  compensation  and  employment-related  costs,  resulting  from  a 
8.6%  decrease  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative  headcount  due  to  restructuring  actions  taken  in  fiscal  2019  to  reduce 
costs and the termination of our former Chief Executive Officer; (ii) a $5.1 million decrease in professional fees; and (iii) a 
$1.6 million, net, reversal of an accrual for payroll deposit penalties, which were previously accrued and have been reversed 
due to the completion of a payroll tax audit. 

Acquired Intangibles Amortization.  Acquired intangibles amortization reflects the amortization of intangibles acquired 
through recent acquisitions.  See Note 5 Acquired Intangibles to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in 
this report.

Restructuring Costs. Restructuring costs primarily reflect employee severance costs and facilities consolidation costs 
related  to  the  restructuring  of  operations  to  reduce  operating  costs.    These  headcount-related  costs  included  personnel  in 
operations,  research  and  development,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  functions.    Restructuring  costs  incurred  in 

41

fiscal 2019 were $17.7 million, which were due to restructuring plans implemented in the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 
2019. The first quarter restructuring activities were completed in fiscal 2019.  The fourth quarter restructuring activities are 
expected to be complete in the first half of fiscal 2020. Restructuring costs incurred in fiscal 2018 were $12.0 million due to 
restructuring  plans  implemented  and  completed  in  fiscal  2018.    See  Note  13  Restructuring  Activities  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Retention  Costs.  Retention  costs  include  18-month  retention  arrangements  with  key  engineering  and  management 

employees. We expect the cost of the retention arrangements to continue through the second quarter of fiscal 2021.

Non-Operating Income.

Interest and Other Income, Net.  Interest and other income, net was $3.9 million for fiscal 2019 compared with $2.3 

million for fiscal 2018.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $21.2 million and $22.2 million, in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively, 
which represents interest and amortization of debt issuance costs and discount on the $525.0 million convertible debt issued 
on June 26, 2017. See Note 6 Debt to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Provision for Income Taxes.

As a result of the decrease in the U.S. tax rate from the comprehensive tax legislation enacted in December 2017 by the 
United States government, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, our U.S. statutory tax rate is lower than tax rates 
in many foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. This resulted in an increase to our effective tax rate relating to foreign tax 
rate differential for our fiscal 2019. However, this was largely offset by the remeasurement and release of various uncertain 
tax positions.  See Note 11 Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report for the 
table reconciling the provision for income taxes from the federal statutory rate for fiscal 2019 and 2018.

It  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  amount  of  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  change  within  the  next  12 

months; an estimate of the range of possible changes could result in a decrease of $1.8 million to an increase of $3.0 million.

In July 2018, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the 2015 decision of the U.S. Tax Court in Altera Corp. 
v.  Commissioner  that  found  that  the  Treasury  regulations  addressing  the  treatment  of  stock-based  compensation  in  a  cost-
sharing arrangement with a related party were invalid. In August 2018, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals withdrew its 
July 2018 opinion to allow time for the reconstituted panel to confer on this appeal.  In June 2019, the reconstituted panel of 
the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of appeals reversed the 2015 Tax Court decision. As our tax filing position is consistent with the 
treasury regulations, no adjustment to our financial statements is required. However, due to the uncertainties with respect to 
the ultimate resolution, we will continue to monitor developments in this case.

Fiscal 2018 Compared with Fiscal 2017.

For discussion related to the results of operations and changes in financial condition for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 
2017,  please  refer  to  “Part  II,  Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Conditions  and  Results  of 
Operations” in our fiscal 2018 Form 10-K, which was filed with the SEC on August 24, 2018.

42

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the eight quarters in the two-year period 
ended  June  30,  2019.    The  following  table  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  financial  statements  and  related  notes 
contained elsewhere in this report.  We have prepared this unaudited information on the same basis as our audited financial 
statements.  This table includes all adjustments, which are of a normal and recurring nature that we consider necessary for a 
fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the quarters presented.  Past results of operations are 
not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  operating  performance;  accordingly,  you  should  not  draw  any  conclusions  about  our 
future results from the results of operations for any quarter presented.

June
2019

March
2019

December
2018

September
2018

June
2018

March
2018

December
2017

September
2017

Three Months Ended

(in millions, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Net revenue ................................................   $
Cost of revenue ..........................................    
Gross margin .......................................    

Operating expenses:

Research and development..................    
Selling, general, and administrative....    
Acquired intangibles amortization ......    
Restructuring costs..............................    
Retention costs ....................................    
Total operating expenses..............    
Operating income/(loss).............................    
Interest and other income, net....................    
Interest expense..........................................    
Impairment recovery on
   investments, net.......................................    

295.1    $
204.7     
90.4     

84.3     
26.7     
2.9     
7.3     
2.5     
123.7     
(33.3)    
1.3     
(5.3)    

 $

334.0 
218.0 
116.0 

82.6 
34.2 
3.0 
— 
— 
119.8 
(3.8)
1.0 
(5.3)

—     

— 

Income/(loss) before income taxes ............    
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes..........    
Equity investment loss ...............................    
Net income/(loss) .......................................    

(37.3)    
8.4     
(0.5)    
(46.2)    

(8.1)
(15.3)
(0.5)
6.7 

 $

425.5 
275.7 
149.8 

84.2 
35.6 
2.9 
2.1 
— 
124.8 
25.0 
1.0 
(5.3)

— 

20.7 
7.5 
(0.4)
12.8 

417.6 
276.7 
140.9 

90.0 
33.9 
2.9 
8.3 
— 
135.1 
5.8 
0.6 
(5.3)

2.8 

3.9 
(0.3)
(0.4)
3.8 

Net income/(loss) per share:

Basic....................................................   $

(1.35)   $

Diluted.................................................   $

(1.35)   $

0.19 

0.19 

 $

 $

0.37 

0.36 

 $

 $

0.11 

0.11 

 $

388.5    $
260.9     
127.6     

90.2     
38.4     
4.3     
3.4     
—     
136.3     
(8.7)    
0.7     
(5.2)    

 $

394.0 
271.1 
122.9 

93.7 
37.9 
1.4 
2.2 
— 
135.2 
(12.3)
0.3 
(5.0)

 $

430.4 
315.2 
115.2 

92.2 
37.4 
3.0 
6.6 
— 
139.2 
(24.0)
0.4 
(5.1)

417.4 
303.0 
114.4 

87.1 
40.3 
4.1 
(0.2)
— 
131.3 
(16.9)
0.9 
(6.9)

—     

— 

— 

— 

(13.2)    
(12.1)    
(0.4)    
(1.5)    

(17.0)
(3.9)
(0.6)
(13.7)

(28.7)
53.3 
(0.4)
(82.4)

(22.9)
3.2 
(0.4)
(26.5)

(0.04)   $

(0.04)   $

(0.40)

(0.40)

 $

 $

(2.42)

(2.42)

 $

 $

(0.79)

(0.79)

 $

 $

 $

Shares used in computing net
   income/(loss) per share:

Basic....................................................    

Diluted.................................................    

34.3 

34.3 

34.4 

35.0 

34.5 

35.1 

35.1 

36.1 

34.9 

34.9 

34.5 

34.5 

34.1 

34.1 

33.5 

33.5  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our cash and cash equivalents were $327.8 million as of the end of fiscal 2019 compared with $301.0 million as of the 
end of fiscal 2018, an increase of $26.8 million. This increase primarily reflected cash flows provided by operating activities 
of $154.2 million; partially offset by cash used in financing and investing activities, primarily related to $118.5 million used 
to repurchase shares of our common stock, $23.7 million used for the purchase of property and equipment, and $21.3 million 
in proceeds from issuance of shares. We consider earnings of our foreign subsidiaries indefinitely invested overseas and have 
made no provision for income or withholding taxes, other than the one-time transition tax incurred as part of the Tax Cuts 
and Jobs Act, that may result from a future repatriation of those earnings.  As of June 30, 2019, $91.3 million of cash and 
cash equivalents was held by our foreign subsidiaries.  If these funds are needed for our operations in the United States, we 
would be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities.  For fiscal 2019, the $154.2 million in net cash provided by operating activities 
was primarily attributable to net loss of $22.9 million plus adjustments for non-cash charges, including acquired intangibles 
amortization of $74.4 million, share-based compensation costs of $59.0 million, and depreciation and amortization of $35.6 
million,  as  well  as  other  non-cash  adjustments  of  $0.1  million,  and  a  net  change  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities  of  $8.0 
million.    The  net  change  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities  related  primarily  to  a  $64.3  million  decrease  in  accounts 
receivable,  a  $20.5  million  increase  in  other  accrued  liabilities,  a  $4.9  million  increase  in  accrued  compensation,  a  $3.9 
million decrease in other assets and a $3.6 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets; partially offset by a  
$55.8 million decrease in accounts payable, a $27.5 million increase in inventories and a $6.8 million decrease in acquisition 
related  liabilities.    Our  days  sales  outstanding  increased  from  67  days  to  70  days  from  fiscal  2018  to  fiscal  2019.  Our 
inventory turns decreased to five in fiscal 2019 from seven in 2018.  

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
      
      
      
  
  
      
  
   
      
  
  
      
      
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
For fiscal 2018, the $145.0 million in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net loss of 
$124.1  million  plus  adjustments  for  non-cash  charges,  including  acquired  intangibles  amortization  of  $83.9  million,  share-
based  compensation  costs  of  $71.3  million,  and  depreciation  and  amortization  of  $38.9  million,  as  well  as  other  non-cash 
adjustments  of  $25.2  million,  and  a  net  change  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities  of  $49.8  million.    The  net  change  in 
operating  assets  and  liabilities  related  primarily  to  a  $79.5  million  decrease  in  inventories,  an  $18.8  million  decrease  in 
prepaid  expenses,  a  $6.2  million  increase  in  accounts  payable,  a  $5.4  million  increase  in  income  taxes  payable,  partially 
offset by a $22.7 million increase in accounts receivable, a $22.1 million decrease in other accrued liabilities, an $8.1 million 
decrease in accrued compensation, and a $7.2 million increase in other assets.  Our days sales outstanding increased from 54 
days to 67 days from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2018, due to a much smaller percentage of the quarter’s net revenue occurring late 
in the June 30, 2017 quarter compared with a much larger percentage of the quarter’s net revenue occurring late in the June 
30, 2018 quarter. We do believe DSOs are at normalized levels which are typically between 60 to 70 days.  Our inventory 
turns decreased to seven in fiscal 2018 from nine in 2017.  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2019 and 2018 was $20.9 million 
and  $438.5  million,  respectively.  Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  fiscal  2019  consisted  primarily  of  $23.7  million 
used for the purchases of capital assets. Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2018 consisted of $396.7 million used 
for  the  acquisition  of  businesses,  $34.1  million  used  for  the  purchase  of  capital  assets  and  $7.7  million  used  to  purchase 
intangible assets. 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities.  Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2019 was $106.6 million and net 
cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2018 was $226.7 million.  Our net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 
2019 was primarily attributable to $118.5 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock in the open market and $9.4 
million used for payroll taxes for DSUs; partially offset by $21.3 million of proceeds from issuance of shares. Our net cash 
provided by financing activities for fiscal 2018 was primarily attributable to $514.5 million of proceeds received for issuance 
of  convertible  debt,  net,  $32.3  million  of  proceeds  from  issuance  of  shares,  partially  offset  by  $220.0  million  used  for  the 
payment of debt, $93.6 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock in the open market, and $5.4 million used for 
payroll taxes for DSUs.  

For  discussion  related  to  the  statement  of  cash  flows  for  fiscal  2017,  please  refer  to  “Part  II,  Item  7.  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” in our fiscal 2018 Form 10-K, which was filed 
with the SEC on August 24, 2018.

Common  Stock  Repurchase  Program.  In  August  2019,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  up  to  an 
additional $100.0 million of our common stock pursuant to our common stock repurchase program, bringing the cumulative 
authorized total amount under our common stock repurchase program to $1.4 billion, expiring in July 2021.  The program 
authorizes  us  to  purchase  our  common  stock  in  the  open  market  or  in  privately  negotiated  transactions,  depending  upon 
market conditions and other factors.  The number of shares purchased and the timing of purchases is based on the level of our 
cash  balances,  general  business  and  market  conditions,  and  other  factors,  including  alternative  investment  opportunities.  
Common stock purchased under this program is held as treasury stock.  From April 2005 through the end of fiscal 2019, we 
purchased 30,934,213 shares of our common stock in the open market for an aggregate cost of $1.2 billion.  As of August 5, 
2019, we had $190.6 million remaining under our common stock repurchase program.

Convertible Debt. On June 20, 2017, we entered into a purchase agreement, or the Purchase Agreement, with Wells 
Fargo  Securities,  LLC,  as  representative  of  the  initial  purchasers  named  therein,  or  collectively,  the  Initial  Purchasers, 
pursuant to which we issued and sold, and the Initial Purchasers purchased, $500 million aggregate principal amount of our 
0.50%  convertible  senior  notes  due  2022,  or  the  Notes,  in  a  private  placement  transaction.  Pursuant  to  the  Purchase 
Agreement,  we  also  granted  the  Initial  Purchasers  a  30-day  option  to  purchase  up  to  an  additional  $25 million  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  Notes,  which  was  exercised  in  full  on  June 21,  2017.  The  net  proceeds,  after  deducting  the  Initial 
Purchasers’ discounts, were $514.5 million, which included proceeds from the Initial Purchasers’ exercise of their option to 
purchase  additional  Notes.  We  received  the  net  proceeds  on  June  26,  2017,  which  we  used  to  repurchase  shares  of  our 
common  stock,  to  retire  our  outstanding  bank  debt,  and  to  provide  additional  cash  resources  to  fund  the  Conexant  and 
Marvell Business Acquisitions.

The Notes bear interest at a rate of 0.50% per year. Interest accrued from June 26, 2017 and is payable semi-annually in 
arrears,  on  June 15  and  December 15  of  each  year,  beginning  on  December 15,  2017.  The  Notes  are  senior  unsecured 
obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any of our indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment 
to  the  Notes;  equal  in  right  of  payment  to  any  our  liabilities  that  are  not  so  subordinated;  effectively  junior  in  right  of 
payment  to  any  of  our  secured  indebtedness  to  the  extent  of  the  value  of  the  assets  securing  such  indebtedness;  and 
structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries.

44

The Notes will mature on June 15, 2022, or the Maturity Date, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amounts, at their option at any 
time  prior  to  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day  immediately  preceding  March 15,  2022  under  certain  defined 
circumstances. 

On or after March 15, 2022 until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, 
holders may convert all or any portion of their Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amounts, at the option of the holder. 
Upon conversion, we will pay or deliver, at our election, shares of common stock, cash, or a combination of cash and shares 
of common stock.

The conversion rate for the Notes is initially 13.6947 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes 
(equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $73.02 per share of common stock). The conversion rate is subject 
to adjustment in certain circumstances.

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the Notes indenture), holders of the Notes may require us 
to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount  of  the  Notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  up  to,  but  excluding,  the  fundamental  change 
repurchase date.

We may not redeem the Notes prior to June 20, 2020. We may redeem for cash all or any portion of the Notes, at our 
option, on or after June 20, 2020, if the last reported sale price of our common stock, as determined by us, has been at least 
130%  of  the  conversion  price  then  in  effect  for  at  least  20  trading  days  (whether  or  not  consecutive)  during  any  30 
consecutive  trading  day  period  (including  the  last  trading  day  of  such  period)  ending  on,  and  including,  the  trading  day 
immediately  preceding  the  date  on  which  we  provide  notice  of  redemption  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  100%  of  the 
principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the redemption date.  
Our policy is to settle the principal amount of our Notes with cash upon conversion or redemption.

Bank Credit Facility. 

At  the  end  of  fiscal  2017,  we  had  $220.0  million  principal  outstanding  under  our  Credit  Agreement  consisting  of 
$100.0 million under our revolving credit facility and $120.0 million under our term loan arrangement.  At the beginning of 
fiscal 2018, we issued $525.0 million principal amount of convertible senior notes and utilized a portion of the proceeds from 
our  Notes  to  retire  the  outstanding  principal  and  interest  balances  on  our  revolving  credit  facility  and  our  term  loan 
arrangement.    At  the  end  of  July  2017,  we  made  an  election  to  reduce  the  commitment  under  the  revolving  credit  facility 
from $450.0 million to $250.0 million as we were able to complete the Conexant Acquisition with available cash.

In September 2017, we entered into an Amendment and Restatement Agreement, or the Agreement, with the lenders 
that are party thereto, or the Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders.  
The Agreement terminated our term loan arrangement and provides for a revolving credit facility in a principal amount of up 
to $200 million, which includes a $20 million sublimit for letters of credit and a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans. 
Under the terms of the Agreement, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, request increases in the revolving 
credit facility commitments in an aggregate principal amount of up to $100 million to the extent existing or new lenders agree 
to provide such increased or additional commitments, as applicable. Proceeds under the revolving credit facility are available 
for  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes.  As  of  June  30,  2019,  there  was  no  balance  outstanding  under  the 
revolving credit facility. As a result of terminating our term loan arrangement, we expensed the remaining debt issuance costs 
attributable to the term loan of $1.0 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2018.

The revolving credit facility is required to be repaid in full on the earlier of (i) September 27, 2022, and (ii) the date 91 
days prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes if the Notes have not been refinanced in full by such date.  Debt issuance costs of 
$2.3 million will be amortized over 60 months.

Our obligations under the Agreement are guaranteed by the material domestic subsidiaries of our company, subject to 
certain exceptions (such material subsidiaries, together with our company, collectively, the Credit Parties). The obligations of 
the Credit Parties under the Agreement and the other loan documents delivered in connection therewith are secured by a first 
priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  existing  and  future  personal  property  of  the  Credit  Parties,  including, 
without  limitation,  65%  of  the  voting  capital  stock  of  certain  of  the  Credit  Parties’  direct  foreign  subsidiaries,  subject  to 
certain exceptions. 

45

The revolving credit facility bears interest at our election of a Base Rate plus an Applicable Margin or LIBOR plus an 
Applicable Margin. Swingline loans bear interest at a Base Rate plus an Applicable Margin. The Base Rate is a floating rate 
that  is  the  greater  of  the  Prime  Rate,  the  Federal  Funds  Rate  plus  50  basis  points,  or  LIBOR  plus  100  basis  points.  The 
Applicable Margin is based on a sliding scale which ranges from 0.25 to 100 basis points for Base Rate loans and 100 basis 
points to 175 basis points for LIBOR loans.  We are required to pay a commitment fee on any unused commitments under the 
Agreement  which  is  determined  on  a  leverage-based  sliding  scale  ranging  from  0.175%  to  0.25%  per  annum.  Interest  and 
fees  are  payable  on  a  quarterly  basis.    As  of  June  30,  2019,  there  was  no  balance  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit 
facility. The LIBOR index is expected to be discontinued the end of 2021.  Under our credit facility, when the LIBOR index 
is discontinued, we will switch to a comparable or successor rate as approved by the Administrative Agent, which is currently 
anticipated to be the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR.

Under  the  Agreement,  there  are  various  restrictive  covenants,  including  three  financial  covenants  which  limit  the 
consolidated  total  leverage  ratio,  or  leverage  ratio,  the  consolidated  interest  coverage  ratio,  or  interest  coverage  ratio,  a 
restriction which places a limit on the amount of capital expenditures that may be made in any fiscal year, a restriction that 
permits  up  to  $50  million  per  fiscal  quarter  of  accounts  receivable  financings,  and  sets  the  Specified  Leverage  Ratio.  The 
leverage ratio is the ratio of debt as of the measurement date to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, 
or EBITDA, for the four consecutive quarters ending with the quarter of measurement. The current leverage ratio shall not 
exceed 3.50 to 1.00 provided that for the four fiscal quarters ending after the date of a material acquisition, such maximum 
leverage ratio shall be adjusted to 3.75 to 1.00, and thereafter, shall not be more than 3.50 to 1.00. The interest coverage ratio 
is  EBITDA  to  interest  expense  for  the  four  consecutive  quarters  ending  with  the  quarter  of  measurement.  The  interest 
coverage ratio must not be less than 3.50 to 1.0 during the term of the Agreement.  The Specified Leverage Ratio is the ratio 
used in determining, among other things, whether we are permitted to make dividends and/or prepay certain indebtedness, at 
a fixed ratio of 3.00 to 1.00.  

$100 Million Shelf Registration.  We have registered an aggregate of $100.0 million of common stock and preferred 
stock for issuance in connection with acquisitions, which shares generally will be freely tradeable after their issuance under 
Rule 145 of the Securities Act unless held by an affiliate of the acquired company, in which case such shares will be subject 
to the volume and manner of sale restrictions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources.    We  believe  our  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  anticipated  cash  flows  from 
operating activities, available credit under the Credit Agreement and net proceeds from our Notes will be sufficient to meet 
our working capital and other cash requirements for at least the next 12 months, including our debt service obligations. Our 
future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our revenue, the timing and extent of spending to support 
product  development  efforts,  costs  related  to  protecting  our  intellectual  property,  sales  and  marketing  activities,  timing  of 
introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products, the costs to ensure access to adequate manufacturing, 
the  costs  of  maintaining  sufficient  space  for  our  expanding  workforce,  the  continuing  market  acceptance  of  our  product 
solutions, our common stock repurchase program, and the amount and timing of our investments in, or acquisitions of, other 
technologies  or  companies.    Further  equity  or  debt  financing  may  not  be  available  to  us  on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all.  If 
sufficient  funds  are  not  available  or  are  not  available  on  acceptable  terms,  our  ability  to  take  advantage  of  business 
opportunities or to respond to competitive pressures could be limited or severely constrained. 

46

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table sets forth a summary of our material contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of 

the end of fiscal 2019 (in millions):

Contractual Obligations

Total

Long-term debt (1) .......................................................................   $
Leases .........................................................................................    
Purchase obligations and other commitments (2) ........................    
Transition tax payable (3).............................................................    
Total ......................................................................................   $

532.8    $
11.9     
61.8     
9.9     
616.4    $

Payments due by period

Less than
1 year

1-3
Years

3-5
Years

2.6    $
7.4     
49.4     
0.9     
60.3    $

530.2    $
4.1     
12.4     
1.8     
548.5    $

— 
0.4 
— 
7.2 
7.6  

(1) Represents the principal and interest payable through the maturity date of the underlying contractual obligation.
(2) Purchase obligations and other commitments include payments due for inventory purchase obligations with contract manufacturers, long-term software 

tool licenses, and other licenses. 

(3) Represents the tax amount for the transition tax liability associated with our deemed repatriation of accumulated foreign earnings as a result of the Tax 

Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted into law on December 22, 2017. 

The amounts in the table above exclude unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions of $18.9 million.  
As of June 30, 2019, we were unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of when settlement with a taxing authority may 
occur in connection with our gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any transactions, arrangements, or other relationships with unconsolidated entities that are reasonably 
likely to materially affect our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources.  
We have no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provide off-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit 
risk support; engage in leasing, hedging, or research and development services; or have other relationships that expose us to 
liability that is not reflected in our financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board established Topic 842, Leases (or Topic 842), by issuing 
an  Accounting  Standard  Update  (or  ASU)  on  Leases.  Topic  842  was  subsequently  amended  by  several  ASUs.  The  new 
standard requires organizations that lease assets with lease terms of more than 12 months to recognize assets and liabilities 
for the rights and obligations created by those leases on their balance sheets. It also requires new qualitative and quantitative 
disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash 
flows  arising  from  leases.  The  new  standard  will  be  effective  for  us  beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  our  fiscal  2020.  The 
standard is required to be adopted using a modified retrospective approach and allows for the adoption of the standard to be 
applied at the beginning of the most recent fiscal year or at the beginning of the earliest year presented. We expect to adopt 
this ASU at the beginning of our fiscal 2020, on June 30, 2019. The new standard provides a number of optional practical 
expedients in transition and we expect to elect the package of practical expedients, which permits us not to reassess under the 
new standard our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs.  We also expect to 
elect the use-of-hindsight practical expedient, however, we do not expect to elect the practical expedient pertaining to land 
easements as it is not applicable to us. 

We  continue  to  evaluate  the  potential  impact  of  adoption  of  this  ASU  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
currently expect that most of our operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as right-of-
use  (or  ROU)  assets  and  operating  lease  liabilities  upon  adoption  of  this  standard.  At  adoption,  we  expect  the  primary 
financial statement impact will be the recognition of additional operating liabilities, with corresponding ROU assets of the 
same amount based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases. 
Adoption  of  the  standard  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows,  but  we  do 
anticipate new disclosures about our lease activities.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk 

Our total net revenue for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was denominated in U.S. dollars.  Costs denominated in foreign 

currencies were approximately 11%, 10% and 9% of our total costs for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

We  face  the  risk  that  our  accounts  payable  and  acquisition-related  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  will 
increase if such foreign currencies strengthen quickly and significantly against the U.S. dollar. Approximately 7% and 4% of 
our accounts payable were denominated in foreign currencies at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

To provide an assessment of the foreign currency exchange risk associated with our foreign currency exposures within 
revenue, cost and operating expenses, we performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact that an adverse change in 
exchange  rates  would  have  on  our  financial  statements.  A  hypothetical  weighted-average  change  of  10%  in  currency 
exchange rates would have changed our operating loss before taxes by approximately $16.9 million for fiscal 2019, assuming 
no offsetting hedge positions. 

Interest Rate Risk on Cash, Cash Equivalents

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and cash equivalents. We do not 

use our investment portfolio for trading or other speculative purposes.  

There  have  been  no  significant  changes  in  the  maturity  dates  and  average  interest  rates  for  our  cash  equivalents 

subsequent to fiscal 2019.  

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Reference is made to the financial statements, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, and the 
notes thereto commencing at page F-1 of this report, which financial statements, report, and notes are incorporated herein by 
reference.    Reference  is  also  made  to  the  quarterly  results  of  operations  included  elsewhere  in  this  report,  which  are 
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusions Regarding Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
Interim Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, our 
Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, as of June 29, 2019, concluded that our disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, 
and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Interim  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as 
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  for  our  Company.  Under  the  supervision  and  with  the 
participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, we conducted 
an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  the  Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO 2013 framework). 

48

Based on our evaluation under the COSO 2013 framework, our management concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective, at the reasonable assurance level, as of June 29, 2019.  The effectiveness of our internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  29,  2019  has  been  audited  by  KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein on page F-2.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  our  most  recent  fiscal 

quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  or  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  will  prevent  all  error  and  all  fraud.    A 
control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the 
objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource 
constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all 
control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, misstatements, errors, and 
instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  our  company  have  been  or  will  be  prevented  or  detected.    Further,  internal  controls  may 
become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions, or through the deterioration of the degree of compliance with policies 
or procedures.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

There were no items requiring reporting on Form 8-K that were not reported on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 

the year covered by this Form 10-K.

49

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item relating to directors of our company and corporate governance is incorporated 
herein  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  of  the  Exchange  Act  for  our 
2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  The information required by this Item relating to our executive officers is included in 
Item 1. Business – Information about our Executive Officers.

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  our  chief  executive  officer,  principal  accounting  officer,  and  other 
senior accounting personnel. The “Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers” is located on our website at 
www.synaptics.com in the Investor Relations section under Corporate Governance.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05(c) of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver 
from,  a  provision  of  this  code  of  ethics  by  posting  such  information  on  our  website,  at  the  address  and  location  specified 
above.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Proxy  Statement 
(particularly under the caption “Executive Compensation”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for 
our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Proxy  Statement 
(particularly  under  the  captions  “Security  Ownership  of  Principal  Stockholders,  Directors,  and  Officers”  and  “Executive 
Compensation—Stock-Based Compensation Plan Information”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act 
for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Proxy  Statement 
(particularly under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of 
the Exchange Act for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Proxy  Statement 
(particularly under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditor”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A 
of the Exchange Act for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

50

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

(1)

Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page F-1 of this report.

(b) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  2.3#

  3.1

  3.2

  3.3

  3.4

  3.5

  4.1

  4.2

  4.3

  4.4

10.1

10.2

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 11, 2017, by and among Synaptics Incorporated, Lakestar Semi, Inc., 
CNXT Holdings, Inc. and Conexant Systems, LLC (3)

Exhibit

Certificate of Incorporation (4)

Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (5)

Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (amended and restated as of July 27, 2010) (6)

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (7)

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (8)

Form of Common Stock Certificate (9)

Indenture, dated as of June 26, 2017, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo, National Association, as 
trustee (10)

Form of 0.50% Convertible Senior Note due 2022 (11) 

Description of registrant’s securities

Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated September 27, 2017, by and among Synaptics, as borrower, 
certain material domestic subsidiaries of Synaptics, as subsidiary guarantors, the Lenders, as lenders, and Wells 
Fargo, as administrative agent for the Lenders (12)

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 27, 2017, by and among Synaptics, as borrower, 
the Lenders, as lenders, Wells Fargo, as administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC as joint lead 
arranger and joint bookrunner, MUFG Union Bank, N.A. and BMO Capital Markets Corp. as joint lead 
arrangers, joint book runners and co-syndication agents (12)

10.3*

Synaptics Incorporated Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended effective on 
October 30, 2018 (13)

10.6(a)*

Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended through January 23, 2007) (14)

10.6(b)*

Form of grant agreements for Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (15)

10.6(c)*

Form of deferred stock award agreement for Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (16)

10.24(a)*

Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (17)

10.24(b)*

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (11) 

10.24(c)*

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (18)

10.24(d)*

Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (11)

10.24(e)*

10.24(f)*

Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement for Market Stock Units for Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive 
Compensation Plan (19) 

Form  of  Deferred  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  Performance  Stock  Units  for  Amended  and  Restated  2010 
Incentive Compensation Plan (19) 

10.25(a)*

Amended and Restated 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2)

51

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

10.29*

10.30*

10.31*

10.32*

10.33

21

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1##

32.2##

Change of Control Severance Policy for Principal Executive Officers

Severance Policy for Principal Executive Officers 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (20)

Separation Agreement and Release dated November 15, 2018 between the registrant and Kevin Barber (21)

Employment offer Letter, dated February 7, 2019 between the registrant and Kermit Nolan (22)

Separation Agreement and Release dated April 22, 2019 between the registrant and Huibert Verhoeven 

Separation Agreement and Release dated May 11, 2019 between the registrant and Richard Bergman

Written Description of the Synaptics Incorporated Retention Program Adopted May 6, 2019

List of Subsidiaries

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

(1) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 12, 2013.
(2) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on August 22, 2014.
(3) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 12, 2017.
(4) Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 21, 2002.
(5) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 8-A as filed with the SEC on August 16, 2002.
(6) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 2, 2010.
(7) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on December 7, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010.
(9) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 12, 2002.
(10) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 26, 2017.
(11) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on August 18, 2017.
(12) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 2, 2017.
(13) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 1, 2018.
(14) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007.
(15) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 6, 2003.
(16) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 7, 2006.
(17) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 28, 2016.
(18) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010.
(19) Incorporated by reference to the registrant's Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 8, 2018.
(20) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 17, 2016.
(21) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2019.
(22) Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019.

* Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or arrangement.

52

# Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted
schedule will be furnished as a supplement to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

## This certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company 
for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the  Exchange  Act  or  incorporated  by  reference  in  any  registration  statement  of  the 
Company filed under the Securities Act.

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

53

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: August 23, 2019

SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED

By: /s/ Michael E. Hurlston
Michael E. Hurlston
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ Michael E. Hurlston
Michael E. Hurlston

President and Chief Executive Officer,
and Director

Date

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

/s/ Kermit Nolan
Kermit Nolan

/s/ Nelson C. Chan
Nelson C. Chan

/s/ Kiva A. Allgood
Kiva A. Allgood

/s/ Jeffrey D. Buchanan
Jeffrey D. Buchanan

/s/ Keith B. Geeslin
Keith B. Geeslin

/s/ Russell J. Knittel
Russell J. Knittel

/s/ Francis F. Lee
Francis F. Lee

/s/ Richard L. Sanquini
Richard L. Sanquini

/s/ James L. Whims
James L. Whims

Corporate Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
and Interim Chief Financial Officer

Executive Chairman of the Board

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

August 23, 2019

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

54

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................................................................. F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets.................................................................................................................................................. F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations.................................................................................................................................. F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss).................................................................................................. F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.................................................................................................................. F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ................................................................................................................................ F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................................... F-9

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Synaptics Incorporated:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Synaptics Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) as 
of  June  29,  2019  and  June  30,  2018,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income/(loss), 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 29, 2019 and the related notes 
(collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of June 29, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company as of June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  June  29,  2019,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles. 
Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
June 29, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting at item 9A. Our responsibility is to express 
an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance 
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond 
to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our 
audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 

F-2

company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003. 

Santa Clara, California 
August 23, 2019

F-3

SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except par value and share amounts)

Current Assets:

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2.1 and $1.8 at June 2019 and 2018,
   respectively..............................................................................................................  
Inventories ..................................................................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................................................................  
Total current assets ...............................................................................................  
Property and equipment, net ............................................................................................  
Goodwill ..........................................................................................................................  
Acquired intangibles, net .................................................................................................  
Non-current other assets ..................................................................................................  

  $

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable .......................................................................................................   $
Accrued compensation ...............................................................................................  
Income taxes payable .................................................................................................  
Acquisition-related liabilities .....................................................................................  
Other accrued liabilities..............................................................................................  
Total current liabilities ..........................................................................................  

Convertible notes, net ......................................................................................................  
Other long-term liabilities................................................................................................  
Total liabilities ......................................................................................................  

June
2019

June
2018

327.8    $

301.0 

230.0   
158.7   
14.6   
731.1   
103.0   
372.8   
144.8   
58.1   
1,409.8    $

98.3    $
30.4     
19.1     
—     
106.1     
253.9     

468.3     
30.3     
752.5     

289.1 
131.2 
18.2 
739.5 
117.8 
372.8 
219.2 
50.5 
1,499.8 

156.9 
25.4 
13.1 
8.7 
79.7 
283.8 

450.7 
36.0 
770.5 

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock:

$0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
   outstanding.........................................................................................................  

—   

— 

Common stock:

$0.001 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized, 64,283,948 and 62,889,679
   shares issued, and 33,349,735 and 35,249,803 shares outstanding,
   at June 2019 and 2018, respectively ..................................................................  
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................................................  
Treasury stock: 30,934,213 and 27,639,876 common shares at June 2019 and
   2018, respectively, at cost .......................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive income ...............................................................  
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................  
Total stockholders' equity .....................................................................................  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

  $

0.1   
1,266.1   

(1,192.4)  
—   
583.5   
657.3   
1,409.8    $

0.1 
1,195.2 

(1,073.9)
1.5 
606.4 
729.3 
1,499.8  

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share amounts)

2019

1,472.2    $
975.1     
497.1     

Fiscal Year
2018

1,630.3    $
1,150.2     
480.1     

2017

1,718.2 
1,194.6 
523.6 

292.3 
137.6 
11.7 
7.3 
— 
10.0 
458.9 
64.7 
0.7 
(6.0)
1.9 

61.3 
12.2 
(0.3)
48.8 

1.40 
1.37 

34.8 
35.6  

Net revenue................................................................................................   $
Cost of revenue..........................................................................................    
Gross margin ..................................................................................    

Operating expenses:

Research and development...................................................................    
Selling, general, and administrative.....................................................    
Acquired intangibles amortization .......................................................    
Restructuring costs...............................................................................    
Retention costs .....................................................................................    
Litigation settlement charge.................................................................    
Total operating expenses ................................................................    
Operating income/(loss) .................................................................    
Interest and other income ..........................................................................    
Interest expense .........................................................................................    
Impairment recovery on investments, net .................................................    
Income/(loss) before provision for income taxes and equity investment
   loss..........................................................................................................
Provision for income taxes ........................................................................    
Equity investment loss...............................................................................    
Net income/(loss)............................................................................   $

341.1     
130.4     
11.7     
17.7     
2.5     
—     
503.4     
(6.3)    
3.9     
(21.2)    
2.8     

(20.8)    
0.3     
(1.8)    
(22.9)   $

363.2     
154.0     
12.8     
12.0     
—     
—     
542.0     
(61.9)    
2.3     
(22.2)    
—     

(81.8)    
40.5     
(1.8)    
(124.1)   $

Net income/(loss) per share:

Basic.....................................................................................................   $
Diluted..................................................................................................   $

(0.66)   $
(0.66)   $

(3.63)   $
(3.63)   $

Shares used in computing net income/(loss) per share:

Basic.....................................................................................................    
Diluted..................................................................................................    

34.6     
34.6     

34.2     
34.2     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
(in millions)

Net income/(loss).......................................................................................   $
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

Change in unrealized net loss on investments .....................................    
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive loss to
   interest income for accretion of non-current investments.................    
Net current-period other comprehensive loss ......................................    
Comprehensive income/(loss) ...................................................................   $

2019

Fiscal Year
2018

2017

(22.9)   $

(124.1)   $

(1.5)    

—     

—     
(1.5)    
(24.4)   $

—     
—     
(124.1)   $

48.8 

(1.5)

(0.3)
(1.8)
47.0  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions, except share amounts)

Common Stock
Shares

   Amount    Capital

    Accumulated     
  Additional     
Other
   Paid-in     Treasury    Comprehensive   Retained    Stockholders' 
Income

    Stock

Equity

Total

Balance at June 2016 ....................................   59,532,148  $

—    —   
—    —   

Net income ..............................................   
Other comprehensive income..................   
Issuance of common stock for share-
   based award compensation plans .........    1,047,763    —   
—    —   
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units......   
—    —   
Purchases of treasury stock .....................   
Tax deficiency associated with
   share-based awards...............................   
Share-based compensation ......................   

—    —   
—    —   

Balance at June 2017, as reported.................   60,579,911   

0.1  $ 928.6   $ (892.3) $
—    
—    
—    
—    

24.7    
(6.6)  
—    

—    
—    
(88.0)  

(3.7)  
61.8    
0.1    1,004.8    

—    
—    
(980.3)  

   Earnings    
3.3   $ 665.3   $
48.8    
—    
(1.8)   —    

—     —    
—     —    
—     —    

—     —    
—     —    
1.5     714.1    

705.0 
48.8 
(1.8)

24.7 
(6.6)
(88.0)

(3.7)
61.8 
740.2 

Cumulative effect of changes in
   accounting principles for
   share-based compensation....................   
Cumulative effect of changes in
   accounting principles for income
   taxes:  intra-entity transfers of
   assets other than inventory ...................    

—    —   

1.0    

—    

—    

24.7    

25.7 

0.1    1,005.8    
—    

(980.3)  
—    

(8.3)  
1.5     730.5    
—     (124.1)  

(8.3)
757.6 
(124.1)

32.3    

—    

—     —    

32.3 

Balance at June 2017, as adjusted.................   60,579,911   

—    —   

Net loss....................................................   
Issuance of common stock for share-
   based award compensation plans .........    1,583,102    —   
Issuance of common stock for 
acquisition ...............................................   
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units......   
Purchases of treasury stock .....................   
Share-based compensation ......................   
Issuance of convertible debt....................   

726,666    —   
—    —   
—    —   
—    —   
—    —   

Balance at June 2018 ....................................   62,889,679   

Net loss....................................................   
Other comprehensive income..................   
Issuance of common stock for share-
   based award compensation plans .........    1,394,269    —   
—    —   
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units......   
—    —   
Purchases of treasury stock .....................   
—    —   
Share-based compensation ......................   

—    —   
—    —   

Balance at June 2019 ....................................   64,283,948  $

—    
39.1    
—    
(5.4)  
(93.6)  
—    
—    
71.3    
—    
52.1    
0.1    1,195.2     (1,073.9)  
—    
—    
—    
—    

21.3    
(9.4)  
—    
59.0    

—    
—    
(118.5)  
—    
0.1  $ 1,266.1   $(1,192.4) $

—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
1.5     606.4    
(22.9)  
—    
(1.5)   —    

—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
—   $ 583.5   $

39.1 
(5.4)
(93.6)
71.3 
52.1 
729.3 
(22.9)
(1.5)

21.3 
(9.4)
(118.5)
59.0 
657.3  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
     
      
    
 
    
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)..............................................................................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

Share-based compensation costs ............................................................................................... 
Depreciation and amortization .................................................................................................. 
Acquired intangibles amortization ............................................................................................ 
Deferred taxes ........................................................................................................................... 
Non-cash interest....................................................................................................................... 
Amortization of convertible debt discount and issuance costs ................................................. 
Amortization of debt issuance costs.......................................................................................... 
Impairment recovery on investments, net ................................................................................. 
Arbitration settlement................................................................................................................ 
Equity investment loss .............................................................................................................. 
Foreign currency remeasurement (gain)/loss ............................................................................ 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable, net .................................................................................................... 
Inventories.......................................................................................................................... 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................................................................... 
Other assets ........................................................................................................................ 
Accounts payable ............................................................................................................... 
Accrued compensation....................................................................................................... 
Acquisition related liabilities ............................................................................................. 
Income taxes payable ......................................................................................................... 
Other accrued liabilities ..................................................................................................... 
Net cash provided by operating activities......................................................................................... 
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired ............................................. 
Proceeds from sales of investments.................................................................................................. 
Purchases of property and equipment............................................................................................... 
Purchase of intangible assets ............................................................................................................ 
Investment in direct financing lease ................................................................................................. 
Proceeds from direct financing leases .............................................................................................. 
Equity method investment ................................................................................................................ 
Net cash used in investing activities................................................................................................. 
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt, net of issuance costs .................................................. 
Payment of acquisition-related liabilities ......................................................................................... 
Payment of debt ................................................................................................................................ 
Purchases of treasury stock............................................................................................................... 
Proceeds from issuance of shares ..................................................................................................... 
Payment of debt issuance costs ........................................................................................................ 
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation ......................................................................... 
Payroll taxes for deferred stock and market stock units................................................................... 
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities ......................................................................... 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents........................................................ 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ...................................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ............................................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .........................................................................................  $
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest........................................................................................................................  $

Cash paid for taxes ...........................................................................................................................  $

Cash refund on taxes.........................................................................................................................  $

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Property and equipment received but unpaid ...................................................................................  $

Common stock issued pursuant to acquisition .................................................................................  $

2019

Fiscal Year
2018

2017

(22.9 )   $

(124.1 )   $

59.0   
35.6   
74.4   
(15.2 )  
—   
17.6   
0.5   
(2.8 )  
(1.9 )  
1.8   
0.1   

64.3   
(27.5 )  
3.6    
3.9   
(55.8 )  
4.9   
(6.8)  
0.9   
20.5   
154.2   

—   
2.8   
(23.7 )  
—   
—   
—   
—   
(20.9 )  

—   
—   
—   
(118.5 )  
21.3   
—   
—    
(9.4 )  
(106.6 )  
0.1   
26.8   
301.0   
327.8    $

3.6    $

16.4    $

6.4    $

3.8    $

—    $

71.3   
38.9   
83.9   
4.9   
—   
16.9   
1.6   
—   
—   
1.8   
—   

(22.7 )  
79.5   
18.8   
(7.2 )  
6.2   
(8.1 )  
—   
5.4   
(22.1 )  
145.0   

(396.7 )  
—    
(34.1 )  
(7.7 )  
—    
—    
—   
(438.5 )  

514.5   
—    
(220.0 )  
(93.6 )  
32.3   
(1.1 )  
—   
(5.4 )  
226.7   
—    
(66.8 )  
367.8   
301.0     $

3.8     $

26.4     $

1.7     $

6.6    $

39.1    $

48.8 

61.8 
33.2  
59.3 
(17.4 )
(0.3 )
— 
1.2 
(1.9 )
— 
0.3 
(0.2 )

(2.6 )
15.0 
(9.6 )
6.5 
(38.4 )
(7.8 )
(16.8 )
2.3 
19.5 
152.9  

— 
7.5 
(31.4 )
— 
(17.0 )
17.0 
(18.4 )
(42.3 )

— 
(5.3 )
(18.8 )
(88.0 )
24.7  
(1.2 )
1.1 
(6.6 )
(94.1 )
(0.9 )
15.6 
352.2 
367.8 

6.0 

22.1 

10.1 

6.0 

— 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Basis of Presentation

We  are  a  leading  worldwide  developer  and  supplier  of  custom-designed  human  interface  semiconductor  product 
solutions that enable people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communications, 
entertainment,  and  other  electronic  devices.    We  currently  generate  revenue  from  the  markets  for  smartphones,  tablets, 
personal computer, or PC, products, primarily notebook computers, Internet of Things, or IoT, which includes devices with 
voice, speech and video within smart homes, and other select electronic devices, including devices in automobiles, with our 
custom  human  interface  solutions.    Every  solution  we  deliver  either  contains  or  consists  of  our  touch-,  display  driver-, 
fingerprint  authentication-based-,  voice  and  speech-,  or  video-semiconductor  solutions,  which  include  our  chip,  customer-
specific  firmware,  and  software.    Our  original  equipment  manufacturer,  or  OEM,  customers  include  many  of  the  world’s 
largest OEMs for smartphones, most of the world’s largest PC OEMs, and many large OEMs for voice, speech and video 
products.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, 
or  U.S.  GAAP,  and  include  our  financial  statements  and  those  of  our  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.    All  significant 
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Our  fiscal  year  is  the  52-  or  53-week  period  ending  on  the  last  Saturday  in  June.    The  fiscal  years  presented  in  this 
report  were  52-week  periods  ended  June  29,  2019  and  June  24,  2017  and  a  53-week  period  ended  June  30,  2018.  For 
simplicity, the accompanying consolidated financial statements are labeled as ending on calendar year end dates as of and for 
all periods presented, unless otherwise indicated. 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and 
judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets 
and  liabilities.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  estimates,  including  those  related  to  revenue,  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts,  cost  of  revenue,  inventories,  loss  on  purchase  commitments,  product  warranty,  accrued  liabilities,  share-based 
compensation  costs,  provision  for  income  taxes,  deferred  income  tax  asset  valuation  allowances,  uncertain  tax  positions, 
goodwill, intangible assets, investments, contingent consideration liability and loss contingencies.  We base our estimates on 
historical experience, applicable laws and regulations, and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under 
the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities 
that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions 
or conditions.

Cash Equivalents and Investments

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. 

Our cash equivalents and investments classified as available-for-sale securities as of the end of fiscal 2019 and 2018 

were as follows (in millions):

Reported as cash equivalents:

Money market funds ...........................................................  $
Total available-for-sale securities ............................................  $

313.7    $
313.7    $

—    $
—    $

313.7 
313.7  

2019
Gross

Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized

Gains

Fair
Value

F-9

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
2018
Gross

Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized

Gains

Fair
Value

Reported as cash equivalents:

Money market funds ...........................................................  $

275.2    $

—    $

275.2 

Reported as non-current assets:

Auction rate securities.........................................................   
Total available-for-sale securities ............................................  $

—     
275.2    $

1.5     
1.5    $

1.5 
276.7  

Fair Value

We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value.  When we measure fair value on either a recurring or 

nonrecurring basis, inputs used in valuation techniques are assigned a hierarchical level as follows:

•

•

•

Level 1 inputs are observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices 
for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets 
or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation 
or other means.

Level 3  inputs  are  unobservable  inputs  reflecting  our  assumptions,  which  are  incorporated  into  valuation 
techniques  and  models  used  to  determine  fair  value.    The  assumptions  are  consistent  with  market  participant 
assumptions that are reasonably available.

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level within the fair value hierarchy, as of the end of 

fiscal 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in millions):

Level 1

2019
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

2018
Level 2

Level 3

Assets:

Money market ........................  $
Auction rate securities............   
Total available-for-sale
   securities ........................  $

313.7    $
—     

—    $
—     

—    $
—     

275.2    $
—     

—    $
—     

313.7    $

—    $

—    $

275.2    $

—    $

— 
1.5 

1.5  

Changes in fair value of our Level 3 financial assets for fiscal 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in millions):

Beginning balance................................................................  $
Redemptions ........................................................................   
Ending balance.....................................................................  $

1.5    $
(1.5)   
—    $

1.5 
— 
1.5  

2019

2018

There were no transfers in or out of our Level 1, 2 or 3 assets during fiscal 2019 or 2018.

The fair values of our accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their carrying values because of the short-
term nature of those instruments.  Intangible assets, property and equipment, and goodwill are measured at fair value on a 
non-recurring basis if impairment is indicated.  The interest rate on our bank debt is variable, which is subject to change from 
time to time to reflect a market interest rate; accordingly, the carrying value of our bank debt approximates fair value.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, 
investments, and accounts receivable.  Our investment policy, which is predicated on capital preservation and liquidity, limits 
investments  to  U.S.  government  treasuries  and  agency  issues,  taxable  securities,  and  municipal  issued  securities  with  a 
minimum rating of A1 (Moody’s) or P1 (Standard and Poor’s) or their equivalent.  

F-10

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
We  sell  our  products  to  contract  manufacturers  that  provide  manufacturing  services  for  OEMs,  and  to  some  OEMs 
directly.    We  extend  credit  based  on  an  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  financial  condition,  and  we  generally  do  not  require 
collateral.

The following customers accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable balance as of the end of fiscal 2019 

and 2018:

Customer A .......................................................................... 
Customer B........................................................................... 
Customer C........................................................................... 
Customer D .......................................................................... 

2019
25%    
16%    

*
*

2018
13%  

*

11%  
10%  

*

Less than 10%

Other Concentrations

Our products include certain components that are currently single sourced.  We believe other vendors would be able to 
provide  similar  components,  however,  the  qualification  of  such  vendors  may  require  additional  lead  time.    In  order  to 
mitigate any potential adverse impact from a supply disruption, we strive to maintain an adequate supply of critical single-
sourced components.

Revenue Recognition

Change in Accounting Policy

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 
on revenue from contracts with customers, ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or the new revenue 
standard.  The  new  revenue  standard  outlines  a  single  comprehensive  model  for  entities  to  use  in  accounting  for  revenue 
arising from contracts with customers. 

We  adopted  the  new  revenue  standard  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  2019,  using  the  modified  retrospective  method 
applied to all contracts not completed as of the adoption date. Results for reporting periods ending after our fiscal 2018 are 
presented  under  the  new  revenue  standard,  while  prior  reporting  periods  are  not  adjusted  and  continue  to  be  reported  in 
accordance with the previous revenue standard.  Recognition of revenue has remained substantially unchanged under the new 
revenue  standard  as  compared  to  the  previous  revenue  standard.  Accordingly,  there  was  no  adjustment  to  the  fiscal  2019 
opening  retained  earnings.  However,  due  to  the  adoption  of  the  new  revenue  standard,  we  reclassified  certain  amounts  of 
incentive items to other accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2019, and presented them as part 
of customer obligations, from the contra accounts receivable. Such information is as follows (in millions):

Adjustments reflected in the consolidated balance sheets:

As of June 30, 2019

As reported under
new standard

Adjustments

Pro forma as if
previous standard
was in effect

Accounts receivable, net ....................................   $
Inventories ..........................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........    
Total assets .........................................................    

Other accrued liabilities .....................................    
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............    

230.0    $
158.7     
14.6     
1,409.8     

106.1     
1,409.8     

(5.0)   $
0.9     
(0.9)    
(5.0)    

(5.0)    
(5.0)    

225.0 
159.6 
13.7 
1,404.8 

101.1 
1,404.8  

F-11

 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
     
        
 
Adjustments reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows:

Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2019

As reported under
new standard

Adjustments

Pro forma as if
previous standard
was in effect

Cash flows from operating activities:
Accounts receivable, net ....................................   $
Inventories ..........................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........    
Other accrued liabilities .....................................    

64.3    $
(27.5)    
3.6     
20.5     

(0.2)   $
(0.6)    
0.6     
0.2     

64.1 
(28.1)
4.2 
20.7  

Revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by geographic area based on customer location and groups of 

similar products is presented in Note 12. Segment, Customers, and Geographical Information.

Revenue Recognition

Our  revenue  is  primarily  generated  from  the  sale  of  ASIC  chips,  either  directly  to  a  customer  or  to  a  distributor. 
Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that 
reflects  the  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  All  of  our  revenue,  except  an 
inconsequential  amount,  is  recognized  at  a  point  in  time,  either  on  shipment  or  delivery  of  the  product,  depending  on 
customer  terms  and  conditions.  We  generally  warrant  our  products  for  a  period  of  12  months  from  the  date  of  sale  and 
estimate  probable  product  warranty  costs  at  the  time  we  recognize  revenue  as  the  warranty  is  considered  an  assurance 
warranty  and  not  a  performance  obligation.    Non-product  revenue  is  recognized  over  the  same  period  of  time  such 
performance obligations are satisfied. We then select an appropriate method for measuring satisfaction of the performance 
obligations. 

Revenue from sales to distributors is recognized upon shipment of the product to the distributors (sell-in basis). Master 
sales  agreements  are  in  place  with  certain  customers,  and  these  agreements  typically  contain  terms  and  conditions  with 
respect  to  payment,  delivery,  warranty  and  supply.  In  the  absence  of  a  master  sales  agreement,  we  consider  a  customer's 
purchase order or our standard terms and conditions to be the contract with the customer.

Our  pricing  terms  are  negotiated  independently,  on  a  stand-alone  basis.  In  determining  the  transaction  price,  we 
evaluate whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration which we expect to receive 
for the sale of such products. In limited situations, we make sales to certain customers under arrangements where we grant 
stock rotation rights, price protection and price allowances; variable consideration associated with these rights is expected to 
be inconsequential. These adjustments and incentives are accounted for as variable consideration, classified as other current 
liabilities  under  the  new  revenue  standard  and  are  shown  as  customer  obligations  in  other  accrued  liabilities  on  our 
consolidated balance sheets. We estimate the amount of variable consideration for such arrangements based on the expected 
value to be provided to customers, and we do not believe that there will be significant changes to our estimates of variable 
consideration.  When incentives, stock rotation rights, price protection, volume discounts, or price allowances are applicable, 
they are estimated and recorded in the period the related revenue is recognized. Stock rotation reserves are based on historical 
return rates and recorded as a reduction to revenue with a corresponding reduction to cost of goods sold for the estimated cost 
of  inventory  that  is  expected  to  be  returned  and  recorded  as  prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets.    In  limited 
circumstances,  we  enter  into  volume-based  tiered  pricing  arrangements  and  we  estimate  total  unit  volumes  under  such 
arrangement  to  determine  the  expected  transaction  price  for  the  units  expected  to  be  transferred.  Such  arrangements  are 
accounted for as contract liabilities within other accrued liabilities. Sales returns liabilities are recorded as refund liabilities 
within other accrued liabilities. 

Our  accounts  receivable  balance  is  from  contracts  with  customers  and  represents  our  unconditional  right  to  receive 
consideration from customers. Payments are generally due within three months of completion of the performance obligation 
and  subsequent  invoicing  and,  therefore,  do  not  include  significant  financing  components.  To  date,  there  have  been  no 
material impairment losses on accounts receivable. There were no contract assets (i.e., unbilled accounts receivable, deferred 
commissions) recorded on the consolidated balance sheets in the periods presented. Contract liabilities and refund liabilities 
were $4.5 million and $47.5 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2019 and $1.1 million and $31.6 million, respectively, as of 
July  1,  2018,  the  beginning  of  fiscal  2019.  Both  contract  liabilities  and  refund  liabilities  are  presented  as  part  of  customer 
obligations in other accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. During fiscal 2019, we recognized $0.3 million in 
revenue related to contract liabilities outstanding as of the beginning of fiscal 2019.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
   
       
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
     
        
 
We invoice customers for each delivery upon shipment and recognize revenue in accordance with delivery terms. As of 
June 30, 2019, we did not have any remaining unsatisfied performance obligations with an original duration greater than one 
year.    Accordingly,  under  the  optional  exception  provided  by  the  ASC,  we  do  not  disclose  revenues  allocated  to  future 
performance  obligations  of  partially  completed  contracts.  We  have  elected  to  account  for  shipping  and  handling  costs  as 
fulfillment costs before the customer obtains control of the goods. We continue to classify shipping and handling costs as a 
cost of revenue.  We have elected to continue to account for collection of all taxes on a net basis.   

We incur commission expense that is incremental to obtaining contracts with customers. Sales commissions (which are 
recorded  in  the  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  line  item  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations)  are 
expensed when the product is shipped because such commissions are owed after shipment.

Revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by geographic area based on customer location and groups of 

similar products is presented in Note 12 Segment, Customers, and Geographical Information.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs, if any, are expensed when incurred.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to meet 
their financial obligations.  On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination 
of factors.  In circumstances in which we are aware of a specific customer’s potential inability to meet its financial obligation, 
we  record  a  specific  reserve  of  the  bad  debt  against  amounts  due.  In  addition,  we  make  judgments  and  estimates  on  the 
collectability  of  accounts  receivable  based  on  our  historical  bad  debt  experience,  customers’  creditworthiness,  current 
economic trends, recent changes in customers’ payment trends, and deterioration in customers’ operating results or financial 
position.    If  circumstances  change  adversely,  additional  bad  debt  allowances  may  be  required.    For  all  periods  presented, 
credit  losses  on  our  accounts  receivable  have  been  insignificant,  and  we  believe  that  an  adequate  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts has been provided.

Cost of Revenue

Our  cost  of  revenue  includes  the  cost  of  products  shipped  to  our  customers,  which  primarily  includes  the  cost  of 
products  built  to  our  specifications  by  our  contract  manufacturers,  the  cost  of  silicon  wafers  supplied  by  independent 
semiconductor wafer manufacturers, and the related assembly, package, and test costs of our products.  Also included in our 
cost of revenue are personnel and related costs, including share-based compensation for quality assurance and manufacturing 
support  personnel;  logistics  costs;  depreciation  of  equipment  supporting  manufacturing;  acquired  intangibles  amortization; 
fair value adjustments associated with acquired businesses; inventory write-downs and losses on purchase obligations; and 
warranty costs.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or net realizable value as of the end of fiscal 2019 

and 2018 and consisted of the following (in millions):

Raw materials and work-in-progress ...................................   $
Finished goods .....................................................................    
  $

110.7   $
48.0    
158.7   $

105.0 
26.2 
131.2  

2019

2018

We record a write-down, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of inventory to its net realizable value.  The effect 
of these write-downs is to establish a new cost basis in the related inventory, which we do not subsequently write up.  We 
also record a liability and charge to cost of revenue for estimated losses on inventory we are obligated to purchase from our 
contract manufacturers when such losses become probable from customer delays, order cancellations, or other factors.

F-13

 
 
  
 
 
Property and Equipment

We  state  property  and  equipment  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.    We  compute  depreciation 
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  We amortize leasehold improvements over the 
shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset.

Other Assets

In  April  2017,  we  paid  $18.4  million  for  a  14.4%  interest  in  OXi  Technology  Ltd.,  or  OXi.  In  April  2019,  our 
investment ownership was reduced to 13.8% as a result of new investment in OXi.  Our investment in OXi is included in 
non-current other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.  We determined the equity method of accounting applies to our 
investment as we have significant influence over OXi’s operating and financial policies.  We record our portion of OXi’s net 
income/(loss) on a one quarter lag due to the timing of the availability of OXi’s financial records.  In addition, we amortize 
intangible  assets  that  we  recorded  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting,  and  such  amortization  as  well  as  our  portion  of 
Oxi’s net income/(loss) is included in equity investment loss on our consolidated statements of operations.  As of June 30, 
2019, we did not have any material related party transactions with OXi. As our investment in OXi is not material in relation 
to our financial position or results of operations, we have not summarized information as to the assets, liabilities and results 
of operations of OXi. 

Foreign Currency

The  U.S.  dollar  is  our  functional  and  reporting  currency.    We  remeasure  our  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  not 
denominated in the functional currency into U.S. dollar equivalents at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date.  
We measure and record non-monetary balance sheet accounts at the historical rate in effect at the date of transaction.  We 
remeasure foreign currency expenses at the weighted average exchange rate in the month that the transaction occurred.  These 
foreign currency transactions and remeasurement gains and losses, resulted in a net loss of $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 
million  in  fiscal  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively.    Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  foreign  currency  transactions  are 
included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.  

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets 

acquired.  Changes in our goodwill balance for fiscal 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in millions):

Beginning balance................................................................   $
Acquisition activity..............................................................    
Ending balance.....................................................................   $

2019

2018

372.8   $
—    
372.8   $

206.8 
166.0 
372.8  

We  have  allocated  our  goodwill  to  two  reporting  units.    We  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  of  the  goodwill  in  the 
fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or earlier if there is a triggering event.  In assessing the qualitative factors, we considered 
the impact of key factors including change in industry and competitive environment, market capitalization, stock price, gross 
margin and cash flow from operating activities. During our qualitative assessment in fiscal 2019, we determined there were 
triggering  events  which  led  us  to  performing  a  step  1  quantitative  assessment.  We  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the 
reporting  units  exceeded  their  carrying  amount  by  a  significant  amount,  therefore,  there  is  no  need  for  impairment.    No 
goodwill impairment was recognized for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We  evaluate  long-lived  assets,  such  as  property  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization,  for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.  
We  measure  recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  estimated 
undiscounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.    We  review  the  carrying  value  of  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets for impairment at least annually during the last quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if we believe 
indicators of impairment exist.  If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we 
recognize an impairment charge in an amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.  
Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheets and reported at the lower of the 
carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and would no longer be depreciated.  The assets and liabilities of a disposed 

F-14

 
 
  
 
group  classified  as  held  for  sale  would  be  presented  separately  in  the  appropriate  asset  and  liability  sections  of  the 
consolidated balance sheets.  No impairment of long-lived assets was recognized for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Other Accrued Liabilities

As of the end of fiscal 2019 and 2018, other accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

Customer obligations ...........................................................   $
Inventory obligations ...........................................................    
Warranty ..............................................................................    
Other ....................................................................................    
  $

52.0   $
26.7    
4.0    
23.4    
106.1   $

26.4 
28.8 
5.5 
19.0 
79.7  

2019

2018

Retention Costs

Retention  costs  reflect  the  cost  associated  with  retention  agreements  entered  into  with  key  employees  designed  to 
ensure their continued commitment to the support and management of the operations of the company during the transition to 
new  executive  leadership.    The  retention  period  for  employees  covered  under  the  retention  program  continues  through 
November  2020.    For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2019,  the  retention  costs  are  broken  down  between  cost  of  revenue  ($0.1) 
million, research and development ($1.5) million and selling, general and administrative ($0.9) million.

Segment Information

We operate in one segment:  the development, marketing, and sale of intuitive human interface solutions for electronic 
devices and products.  The chief operating decision maker, or CODM, was the chief executive officer, or CEO, through mid-
March and upon the departure of our CEO, our Board of Directors collectively became our CODM, on a temporary basis.  
Our CODMs evaluate financial performance and allocate resources using financial information reported on a company-wide 
basis.

Share-Based Compensation

We  utilize  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  to  estimate  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options  granted  to 
employees,  which  requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective  assumptions,  including  expected  volatility  and  expected  life.  
Historical and implied volatilities were used in estimating the fair value of our stock option awards.  The contractual life of 
our outstanding options is seven years for options granted under our Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Compensation 
Plan, or our 2010 Plan, or 10 years for options granted under our Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan, 
or our 2001 Plan. Our outstanding options have vesting periods of three or four years, depending on when they were granted, 
and we used the simplified method to establish the expected life.  Changes in these inputs and assumptions can materially 
affect  the  measure  of  estimated  fair  value  of  our  share-based  compensation.    In  fiscal  years  prior  to  2018,  we  estimated 
forfeitures  for  share-based  awards  that  were  not  expected  to  vest.  See  Note  9  Share-Based  Compensation  for  further 
discussion on estimated forfeitures. No options were granted in fiscal 2019. 

We charge the estimated fair value less actual forfeitures to earnings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 
the entire underlying award, which is generally three to four years for our stock options and deferred stock units, or DSU, 
awards, three years for our market stock units, or MSU, awards, three years for our performance stock units, or PSU, awards, 
and up to two years for shares purchased under our employee stock purchase plan.

We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  market-based  MSUs  at  the  date  of  grant  using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model  and 
amortize  those  fair  values  over  the  requisite  service  period,  which  is  generally  three  years.  The  Monte  Carlo  simulation 
model that we use to estimate the fair value of market-based MSUs at the date of grant incorporates into the valuation the 
possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Provided that the requisite service is rendered, the total fair value of 
the market-based MSUs at the date of grant must be recognized as compensation expense even if the market condition is not 
achieved.  However,  the  number  of  shares  that  ultimately  vest  can  vary  significantly  with  the  performance  of  the  specified 
market criteria.

We value PSUs using the aggregate intrinsic value on the date of grant and amortize the compensation expense over 

the three-year service period on a ratable basis, dependent upon the probability of meeting the performance measures.  

F-15

 
 
  
 
 
Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method.  We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for 
the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets 
and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  We measure deferred tax assets 
and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences 
are expected to be recovered or settled.  We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates in income on deferred tax assets and 
liabilities  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.    We  establish  valuation  allowances  when  necessary  to  reduce 
deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.  

We  use  a  two-step  approach  to  recognizing  and  measuring  uncertain  tax  positions.    The  first  step  is  to  determine 
whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related 
appeals or litigation processes.  The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% 
likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority.  The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant 
judgment  in  estimating  the  impact  of  uncertainties  in  the  application  of  highly  complex  tax  laws.    Resolution  of  these 
uncertainties  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  our  expectations  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial 
position, results of operations, and cash flows.  We believe we have adequately provided for reasonably foreseeable outcomes 
in connection with the resolution of income tax uncertainties.  However, our results have in the past, and could in the future, 
include favorable and unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period a determination of such estimated 
tax  liability  is  made  or  resolved,  upon  the  filing  of  an  amended  return,  upon  a  change  in  facts,  circumstances,  or 
interpretation, or upon the expiration of a statute of limitation.  Accordingly, our effective tax rate could fluctuate materially 
from period to period.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

2. Net Income/(Loss) Per Share

The computation of basic and diluted net income per share for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 was as follows (in millions, 

except per share amounts):

Numerator:

2019

2018

2017

Net income/(loss)..........................................................  $

(22.9)  $

(124.1)  $

48.8 

Denominator:

Shares, basic..................................................................   
Effect of dilutive share-based awards...........................   
Shares, diluted...............................................................   

34.6     
—     
34.6     

34.2     
—     
34.2     

Net income/(loss) per share:

Basic..............................................................................  $
Diluted ..........................................................................  $

(0.66)  $
(0.66)  $

(3.63)  $
(3.63)  $

34.8 
0.8 
35.6 

1.40 
1.37  

Diluted  net  income  per  share  does  not  include  the  effect  of  potential  common  shares  related  to  certain  share-based 

awards for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 as follows (in millions):

Share-based awards ............................................................   

2.2     

2.3     

1.4  

2019

2018

2017

These share-based awards were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the proceeds 
received,  if  any,  from  such  share-based  awards  combined  with  the  average  unamortized  compensation  costs,  were  greater 
than the average market price of our common stock, and therefore, their effect would have been antidilutive.

Our  basic  net  income  per  share  amounts  for  each  period  presented  have  been  computed  using  the  weighted  average 
number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Our diluted net income per share amounts for each period presented include 
the  weighted  average  effect  of  potentially  dilutive  shares.    We  used  the  “treasury  stock”  method  to  determine  the  dilutive 
effect of our stock options, DSUs, MSUs and PSUs.

F-16

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of the end of fiscal 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following (in millions):

  $
Land ........................................................................................................... 
Building and building improvements.........................................................  Up to 35 years    
Computer equipment.................................................................................. 
Manufacturing equipment.......................................................................... 
Furniture, fixtures, and leasehold improvements....................................... 
Capitalized software................................................................................... 

3 - 5 years
1 - 5 years
3 - 10 years
3 - 7 years

Life
—

Accumulated depreciation and amortization ............................................. 

Property and equipment, net.................................................................   

  $

2019

2018

13.3    $
52.7     
48.2     
63.0     
25.1     
33.8     
236.1     
(133.1)    
103.0    $

13.3 
51.8 
42.9 
78.1 
24.1 
35.0 
245.2 
(127.4)
117.8  

In  fiscal  2019  and  2018,  there  was  $16.8  million  and  $8.2  million,  respectively,  of  property  and  equipment  retired 

which was fully amortized.

4. Acquisitions

Conexant

On  June 11,  2017,  we  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  to  acquire  all  of  the  outstanding  limited  liability 
company interests of Conexant Systems, LLC, or Conexant, a technology leader in voice and audio processing solutions for 
the smart home, or the Conexant Acquisition.  The Conexant Acquisition was intended to increase our presence in the smart 
home  market  and  increase  opportunities  to  grow  revenue.    Effective  July  25,  2017,  or  the  Conexant  Closing  Date,  we 
completed  the  Conexant  Acquisition  for  an  initial  purchase  price  of  (i)  $305.4  million  in  cash,  (ii)  726,666  shares  of  our 
common  stock,  or  the  Stock  Consideration,  valued  at  $39.1  million,  and  (iii)  the  assumption  of  a  $3.5  million  stock 
appreciation  rights  liability,  with  $16.8  million  of  the  purchase  price  held  in  escrow  to  secure  the  seller’s  indemnification 
obligations  under  the  purchase  agreement  and  $7.0  million  of  the  purchase  price  held  in  escrow  to  secure  the  seller’s 
adjustment  escrow  obligations  under  the  purchase  agreement.    Subsequently,  we  determined  that  $1.9  million  of  net 
adjustments to the purchase price were required, reducing the acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred to a 
total of $346.2 million. The Stock Consideration was issued at closing in an exempt private placement.   

The Conexant Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with the business 
acquisition  guidance.  Under  the  purchase  accounting  method,  the  total  estimated  purchase  consideration  of  the  acquisition 
was  allocated  to  the  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  relative  fair 
values.  The  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  over  the  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities was recorded as goodwill. Our estimate of the fair values of the acquired intangible assets at June 30, 2018, was 
based on established and accepted valuation techniques performed with the assistance of our third-party valuation specialists.  

F-17

 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
The  following  table  summarizes  the  final  amounts  recorded  for  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 

assumed (in millions):

Cash....................................................................................................................................................................  $
Accounts receivable ........................................................................................................................................... 
Inventory ............................................................................................................................................................ 
Other current assets............................................................................................................................................ 
Property and equipment ..................................................................................................................................... 
Acquired intangible assets ................................................................................................................................. 
Other assets ........................................................................................................................................................ 
Total identifiable assets acquired ................................................................................................................. 
Accounts payable ............................................................................................................................................... 
Accrued compensation....................................................................................................................................... 
Other accrued liabilities ..................................................................................................................................... 
Other long-term liabilities.................................................................................................................................. 
Net identifiable assets acquired .................................................................................................................... 
Goodwill ............................................................................................................................................................ 

Net assets acquired .......................................................................................................................................  $

4.3 
11.7 
51.0 
3.5 
3.2 
145.7 
0.9 
220.3 
14.2 
1.3 
9.3 
3.0 
192.5 
153.7 
346.2  

The estimate of the intangible assets as of June 30, 2018, totaling $145.7 million included the following: $104.9 million 
was  allocated  to  developed  technology  and  will  amortize  over  an  estimated  weighted  average  useful  life  of  6  years;  $38.4 
million was allocated to customer relationships and will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 years; $1.8 million 
was  allocated  to  trademarks  and  will  be  amortized  over  an  estimated  useful  life  of  7  years;  $0.4  million  was  allocated  to 
backlog  and  was  amortized  over  an  estimated  useful  life  of  less  than  1  year;  and  $0.2  million  was  allocated  to  in-process 
research  and  development,  which  we  began  to  amortize  in  fiscal  2019  when  the  work  was  determined  to  be  substantively 
complete and we are amortizing over an estimated useful life of three years. Developed technology consists of semiconductor 
system solutions for audio and imaging applications.  We estimated the fair value of the identified intangible assets using a 
discounted  cash  flow  model  for  each  of  the  underlying  identified  intangible  assets.    These  fair  value  measurements  were 
based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent a Level 3 measurement.  Key assumptions include 
the  level  and  timing  of  expected  future  cash  flows,  conditions  and  demands  specific  to  each  intangible  asset  over  its 
remaining useful life, and discount rates we believe to be consistent with the inherent risks associated with each type of asset, 
which range from 9% to 14%.  The fair value of these intangible assets is primarily affected by the projected income and the 
anticipated  timing  of  the  projected  income  associated  with  each  intangible  asset  coupled  with  the  discount  rates  used  to 
derive their estimated present values.  We believe the level and timing of expected future cash flows appropriately reflects 
market participant assumptions.  

The value of goodwill reflects the anticipated synergies of the combined operations and workforce of Conexant as of 

the Conexant Closing Date.

All of the goodwill was deductible for income tax purposes.  

Prior to the Conexant Acquisition, we did not have an existing relationship or transactions with Conexant.  

Marvell Multimedia Solutions Business

On  June 11,  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  agreement  to  acquire  the  assets  of  the  multimedia 
solutions business of Marvell Technology Group Ltd., or Marvell, a leading provider of advanced video and audio processing 
applications for the smart home, or the Marvell Business Acquisition. The Marvell Business Acquisition was also intended to 
increase our presence in the smart home market and increase opportunities to grow revenue.  Effective September 8, 2017, or 
the Marvell Closing Date, we completed the Marvell Business Acquisition for a purchase price of $93.7 million in cash.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with the business acquisition 
guidance. Under the purchase accounting method, the total estimated purchase consideration of the acquisition was allocated 
to  the  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  relative  fair  values.  The 
excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  over  the  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  was 
recorded  as  goodwill.  The  estimate  of  the  fair  values  of  the  acquired  intangible  assets  at  June  30,  2018,  was  based  on 
established and accepted valuation techniques performed with the assistance of our third-party valuation specialists. 

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the amounts recorded for the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities 

assumed as of the Marvell Closing Date (in millions):

Inventory............................................................................................................................................................  $
Property and equipment..................................................................................................................................... 
Acquired intangible assets................................................................................................................................. 
Total identifiable assets acquired................................................................................................................. 
Accrued liabilities.............................................................................................................................................. 
Net identifiable assets acquired.................................................................................................................... 
Goodwill ............................................................................................................................................................ 

Net assets acquired.......................................................................................................................................  $

28.4 
5.0 
48.7 
82.1 
0.7 
81.4 
12.3 
93.7  

Of  the  $48.7  million  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  $29.0  million  was  allocated  to  developed  technology  and  will  be 
amortized over an estimated weighted average useful life of 3.6 years; $15.1 million was allocated to customer relationships 
and will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 4 years, $0.1 million was allocated to backlog and will be amortized 
over an estimated useful life of less than 1 year; and $4.5 million was allocated to in-process research and development and 
will  be  amortized  over  an  estimated  useful  life  to  be  determined  at  the  date  the  underlying  projects  are  deemed  to  be 
substantively  complete.    Developed  technology  consists  of  semiconductor  system  solutions  for  advanced  video  and  audio 
processing applications.  We estimated the fair value of the identified intangible assets using a discounted cash flow model 
for each of the underlying identified intangible assets.  These fair value measurements were based on significant inputs not 
observable  in  the  market  and  thus  represent  a  Level  3  measurement.    Key  assumptions  include  the  level  and  timing  of 
expected  future  cash  flows,  conditions  and  demands  specific  to  each  intangible  asset  over  its  remaining  useful  life,  and 
discount rates we believe to be consistent with the inherent risks associated with each type of asset, which range from 14% to 
32%.  The fair value of these intangible assets is primarily affected by the projected income and the anticipated timing of the 
projected income associated with each intangible asset, coupled with the discount rates used to derive their estimated present 
values.  We believe the level and timing of expected future cash flows appropriately reflects market participant assumptions.  

The value of goodwill reflects the anticipated synergies of the combined operations and workforce of the transferred 

Marvell Business Acquisition assets as of the Marvell Closing Date.

All of the goodwill was deductible for income tax purposes.  

Prior to the Marvell Business Acquisition, we did not have an existing relationship or transactions with Marvell.   

5. Acquired Intangibles

The  following  table  summarizes  the  life,  the  gross  carrying  value  of  our  acquired  intangible  assets,  and  the  related 

accumulated amortization as of the end of fiscal 2019 and 2018 (in millions):

Display driver technology.............   
Audio and video technology.........   
Customer relationships .................   
Fingerprint authentication
   technology..................................   
Licensed technology and other .....   
Patents...........................................   
Tradename ....................................   
Backlog .........................................   
In-process research and
   development............................... 
Acquired intangibles, gross .....   

Weighted
Average
Life in
Years
5.3
5.3
4.1

4.7
4.2
8.1
7.0
0.0
Not

applicable     
    $
4.4

2019

2018

Gross
Carrying
Value

Accumulated
Amortization  

Net Carrying
Value

Gross
Carrying
Value

Accumulated
Amortization  

Net Carrying
Value

    $

164.0  $
138.6   
81.8   

(148.1) $
(49.4)  
(49.9)  

15.9    $
89.2     
31.9     

164.0  $
133.9   
81.8   

(116.5) $
(22.8)  
(38.5)  

47.5 
111.1 
43.3 

47.2   
7.7   
4.4   
1.8   
—   

(47.2)  
(3.6)  
(2.0)  
(0.5)  
—   

—     
4.1     
2.4     
1.3     
—     

55.7   
9.0   
4.6   
1.9   
0.5   

(53.7)  
(3.0)  
(1.7)  
(0.2)  
(0.5)  

2.0 
6.0 
2.9 
1.7 
— 

—   
445.5  $

—   
(300.7) $

—     
144.8    $

4.7   
456.1  $

—   
(236.9) $

4.7 
219.2  

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
In  fiscal  2019,  there  was  $8.5  million  of  fingerprint  developed  technology,  $1.3  million  of  licensed  technology  and 
other,  $0.5  million  of  backlog  and  $0.2  million  of  patents  retired  which  were  fully  depreciated.  In  fiscal  2018,  there  was 
$20.1 million of customer relationships, $4.3 million of fingerprint developed technology and $0.1 million of patents retired 
which were fully depreciated.  

Amortization  expense  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  acquired 
intangibles.  The total amortization expense for the acquired intangible assets was $74.4 million in fiscal 2019, $83.9 million 
in fiscal 2018, and $59.3 million in fiscal 2017.  This amortization expense was included in our consolidated statements of 
operations as acquired intangibles amortization and cost of revenue.

The following table presents expected annual aggregate amortization expense in future fiscal years (in millions):

2020 ........................................................................................  $
2021 ........................................................................................   
2022 ........................................................................................   
2023 ........................................................................................   
2024 ........................................................................................   
Thereafter................................................................................   
Future amortization ...........................................................  $

51.4 
37.5 
32.9 
20.4 
2.5 
0.1 
144.8  

6. Debt 

Convertible Debt

On  June 20,  2017,  we  entered  into  a  purchase  agreement,  or  the  Purchase  Agreement,  with  Wells  Fargo  Securities, 
LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers named therein, or collectively, the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which we 
issued  and  sold,  and  the  Initial  Purchasers  purchased,  $500 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  our  0.50%  convertible 
senior notes due 2022, or the Notes, in a private placement transaction. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we also granted 
the Initial Purchasers a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional $25 million aggregate principal amount of Notes, which 
was  exercised  in  full  on  June 21,  2017.  The  net  proceeds,  after  deducting  the  Initial  Purchasers’  discounts,  were  $514.5 
million,  which  included  proceeds  from  the  Initial  Purchasers’  exercise  of  their  option  to  purchase  additional  Notes.  We 
received the net proceeds on June 26, 2017, which we used to repurchase 1,698,400 shares of our common stock, to retire our 
outstanding bank debt, and to provide additional cash resources to fund the Conexant and Marvell Business Acquisitions.

The Notes bear interest at a rate of 0.50% per year. Interest accrued from June 26, 2017, and is payable semi-annually 
in  arrears,  on  June 15  and  December 15  of  each  year,  beginning  on  December 15,  2017.  The  Notes  are  senior  unsecured 
obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any of our indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment 
to  the  Notes;  equal  in  right  of  payment  to  any  our  liabilities  that  are  not  so  subordinated;  effectively  junior  in  right  of 
payment  to  any  of  our  secured  indebtedness  to  the  extent  of  the  value  of  the  assets  securing  such  indebtedness;  and 
structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries.

The Notes will mature on June 15, 2022, or the Maturity Date, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amounts, at their option at any 
time  prior  to  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day  immediately  preceding  March 15,  2022  under  certain  defined 
circumstances. 

On or after March 15, 2022 until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, 
holders may convert all or any portion of their Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amounts, at the option of the holder. 
Upon conversion, we will pay or deliver, at our election, shares of common stock, cash, or a combination of cash and shares 
of common stock.

The conversion rate for the Notes is initially 13.6947 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes 
(equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $73.02 per share of common stock). The conversion rate is subject 
to adjustment in certain circumstances.

F-20

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the Notes indenture), holders of the Notes may require us 
to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount  of  the  Notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  up  to,  but  excluding,  the  fundamental  change 
repurchase date.

We may not redeem the Notes prior to June 20, 2020. We may redeem for cash all or any portion of the Notes, at our 
option, on or after June 20, 2020, if the last reported sale price of our common stock, as determined by us, has been at least 
130%  of  the  conversion  price  then  in  effect  for  at  least  20  trading  days  (whether  or  not  consecutive)  during  any  30 
consecutive  trading  day  period  (including  the  last  trading  day  of  such  period)  ending  on,  and  including,  the  trading  day 
immediately  preceding  the  date  on  which  we  provide  notice  of  redemption  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  100%  of  the 
principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the redemption date.  
Our policy is to settle the principal amount of our Notes with cash upon conversion or redemption.

As of the issuance date of the Notes, we recorded $82.1 million of the principal amount to equity, representing the debt 
discount for the difference between our estimated nonconvertible debt borrowing rate of 4.39% and the coupon rate of the 
Notes of 0.50% using a five-year life, which coincides with the term of the Notes. In addition, we allocated the total of $11.1 
million  of  debt  issuance  costs,  consisting  of  the  Initial  Purchaser’s  discount  of  $10.5  million  and  legal,  accounting,  and 
printing  costs  of  $579,000,  pro  rata,  to  the  equity  and  debt  components  of  the  Notes,  or  $1.9  million  and  $9.2  million, 
respectively.  The debt discount and the debt issuance costs allocated to the debt component are amortized as interest expense 
using the effective interest method over five years.

The  contractual  interest  expense  and  amortization  of  discount  on  the  Notes  for  fiscal  2019,  were  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Interest expense .......................................................................................................................................  $
Amortization of discount and debt issuance costs................................................................................... 

Total interest ......................................................................................................................................  $

Fiscal
2019

2.6 
17.6 
20.2  

The unamortized amounts of the debt issuance cost and discount associated with the Notes as of June 30, 2019, were 

$5.7 million and $51.0 million, respectively. 

Revolving Credit Facility

At  the  end  of  fiscal  2017,  we  had  $220.0  million  principal  outstanding  under  our  Credit  Agreement  consisting  of 
$100.0 million under our revolving credit facility and $120.0 million under our term loan arrangement. At the beginning of 
fiscal 2018, we issued $525.0 million principal amount of convertible senior notes, or the Notes, and utilized a portion of the 
proceeds from our Notes to retire the outstanding principal and interest balances on our revolving credit facility and our term 
loan arrangement.  At the end of July 2017, we made an election to reduce the commitment under the revolving credit facility 
from $450.0 million to $250.0 million as we were able to complete the Conexant Acquisition with available cash.

In September 2017, we entered into an Amendment and Restatement Agreement, or the Agreement, with the lenders 
that are party thereto, or the Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders.  
The Agreement terminated our term loan arrangement and provides for a revolving credit facility in a principal amount of up 
to $200 million, which includes a $20 million sublimit for letters of credit and a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans. 
Under the terms of the Agreement, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, request increases in the revolving 
credit facility commitments in an aggregate principal amount of up to $100 million to the extent existing or new lenders agree 
to provide such increased or additional commitments, as applicable.  Proceeds under the revolving credit facility are available 
for working capital and general corporate purposes.  As of June 30, 2019, there is no balance outstanding under the revolving 
credit  facility.  As  a  result  of  terminating  our  term  loan  arrangement,  we  expensed  the  remaining  debt  issuance  costs 
attributable to the term loan of $1.0 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2018.

The revolving credit facility is required to be repaid in full on the earlier of (i) September 27, 2022, and (ii) the date 91 
days prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes if the Notes have not been refinanced in full by such date.  Debt issuance costs of 
$2.3 million will be amortized over 60 months.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our obligations under the Agreement are guaranteed by the material domestic subsidiaries of our company, subject to 
certain exceptions (such material subsidiaries, together with our company, collectively, the Credit Parties). The obligations of 
the Credit Parties under the Agreement and the other loan documents delivered in connection therewith are secured by a first 
priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  existing  and  future  personal  property  of  the  Credit  Parties,  including, 
without  limitation,  65%  of  the  voting  capital  stock  of  certain  of  the  Credit  Parties’  direct  foreign  subsidiaries,  subject  to 
certain exceptions. 

The revolving credit facility bears interest at our election of a Base Rate plus an Applicable Margin or LIBOR plus an 
Applicable Margin. Swingline loans bear interest at a Base Rate plus an Applicable Margin. The Base Rate is a floating rate 
that  is  the  greater  of  the  Prime  Rate,  the  Federal  Funds  Rate  plus  50  basis  points,  or  LIBOR  plus  100  basis  points.  The 
Applicable Margin is based on a sliding scale which ranges from 0.25 to 100 basis points for Base Rate loans and 100 basis 
points to 175 basis points for LIBOR loans.  We are required to pay a commitment fee on any unused commitments under the 
Agreement  which  is  determined  on  a  leverage-based  sliding  scale  ranging  from  0.175%  to  0.25%  per  annum.  Interest  and 
fees are payable on a quarterly basis. The LIBOR index is expected to be discontinued the end of 2021.  Under our credit 
facility,  when  the  LIBOR  index  is  discontinued,  we  will  switch  to  a  comparable  or  successor  rate  as  approved  by  the 
Administrative Agent, which is currently anticipated to be the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR. 

Under  the  Agreement,  there  are  various  restrictive  covenants,  including  financial  covenants  which  limit  the 
consolidated  total  leverage  ratio,  or  leverage  ratio,  the  consolidated  interest  coverage  ratio,  or  interest  coverage  ratio,  a 
restriction which places a limit on the amount of capital expenditures that may be made in any fiscal year, a restriction that 
permits  up  to  $50  million  per  fiscal  quarter  of  accounts  receivable  financings,  and  sets  the  Specified  Leverage  Ratio.  The 
leverage ratio is the ratio of debt as of the measurement date to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, 
or EBITDA, for the four consecutive quarters ending with the quarter of measurement. The current leverage ratio shall not 
exceed 3.50 to 1.00 provided that for the four fiscal quarters ending after the date of a material acquisition, such maximum 
leverage ratio shall be adjusted to 3.75 to 1.00, and thereafter, shall not be more than 3.50 to 1.00. The interest coverage ratio 
is  EBITDA  to  interest  expense  for  the  four  consecutive  quarters  ending  with  the  quarter  of  measurement.  The  interest 
coverage ratio must not be less than 3.50 to 1.0 during the term of the Agreement.  The Specified Leverage Ratio is the ratio 
used in determining, among other things, whether we are permitted to make dividends and/or prepay certain indebtedness, at 
a fixed ratio of 3.00 to 1.00.  As of the end of the fiscal year, we were in compliance with the restrictive covenants.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

We maintain office facilities in various locations under operating leases with expiration dates from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 
2024, some of which have renewal options of one to five years.  Our leased office facilities are located in Armenia, China, 
Denmark, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan, and the United States.  We recognized rent expense on a 
straight-line basis of $10.3 million, $12.0 million, and $10.6 million for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

The aggregate minimum rental commitments in future fiscal years for non-cancelable operating leases with initial or 

remaining terms in excess of one year were as follows (in millions):

  Operating

Fiscal Year
2020 ........................................................................................  $
2021 ........................................................................................   
2022 ........................................................................................   
2023 ........................................................................................   
2024 ........................................................................................   
Total minimum operating lease payments..............................  $

Lease
Payments

7.4 
3.2 
0.9 
0.3 
0.1 
11.9  

Contingencies

We  have  in  the  past  and  may  in  the  future  receive  notices  from  third  parties  that  claim  our  products  infringe  their 
intellectual  property  rights.    We  cannot  be  certain  that  our  technologies  and  products  do  not  and  will  not  infringe  issued 
patents or other proprietary rights of third parties.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any infringement claims, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of management 
and  financial  resources,  including  the  payment  of  damages,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, and results of operations.

Indemnifications

In  connection  with  certain  agreements,  we  are  obligated  to  indemnify  the  counterparty  against  third  party  claims 
alleging  infringement  of  certain  intellectual  property  rights  by  us.    We  have  also  entered  into  indemnification  agreements 
with  our  officers  and  directors.    Maximum  potential  future  payments  under  these  agreements  cannot  be  estimated  because 
these  agreements  do  not  have  a  maximum  stated  liability.    However,  historical  costs  related  to  these  indemnification 
provisions have not been significant.  We have not recorded any liability in our consolidated financial statements for such 
indemnification obligations.

8. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

We  are  authorized,  subject  to  limitations  imposed  by  Delaware  law,  to  issue  up  to  a  total  of  10,000,000  shares  of 
preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval.  Our Board of Directors has the power to establish, from 
time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares 
of  each  wholly  unissued  series  and  any  of  its  qualifications,  limitations,  or  restrictions.    Our  Board  of  Directors  can  also 
increase  or  decrease  the  number  of  shares  of  a  series,  but  not  below  the  number  of  shares  of  that  series  then  outstanding, 
without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

Our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could harm 
the  voting  power  or  other  rights  of  the  holders  of  our  common  stock.    The  issuance  of  preferred  stock,  while  providing 
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect 
of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and might harm the market price of our common 
stock and the voting power and other rights of the holders of our common stock.  As of the end of fiscal 2019, there were no 
shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of the end of fiscal 2019 were as follows:

Stock options outstanding.......................................................    1,191,929 
Deferred stock units outstanding ............................................    1,878,853 
210,732 
Market stock units outstanding...............................................   
Performance stock units outstanding ......................................   
192,618 
Awards available for grant under all share-based
   compensation plans..............................................................    2,891,466 
Reserved for future issuance .............................................    6,365,598  

Treasury Stock

Our cumulative authorization for our common stock repurchase program as of the end of fiscal 2019 is $1.3 billion, 
which was set to expire in July 2019.  The program authorizes us to repurchase our common stock in the open market or in 
privately negotiated transactions depending upon market conditions and other factors.  The number of shares repurchased and 
the  timing  of  repurchases  is  based  on  the  level  of  our  cash  balances,  general  business  and  market  conditions,  and  other 
factors,  including  alternative  investment  opportunities.    Common  stock  repurchased  under  this  program  is  held  as  treasury 
stock.    As  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2019,  we  had  $107.6  million  remaining  under  our  common  stock  repurchase  program.    In 
August 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to an additional $100.0 million of our common stock and 
extended the stock repurchase program through July 2021.

F-23

9. Share-Based Compensation

The  purpose  of  our  various  share-based  compensation  plans  is  to  attract,  motivate,  retain,  and  reward  high-quality 
employees,  directors,  and  consultants  by  enabling  such  persons  to  acquire  or  increase  their  proprietary  interest  in  our 
common  stock  in  order  to  strengthen  the  mutuality  of  interests  between  such  persons  and  our  stockholders  and  to  provide 
such  persons  with  annual  and  long-term  performance  incentives  to  focus  their  best  efforts  on  the  creation  of  stockholder 
value.  Consequently, we determine whether to grant share-based compensatory awards subsequent to the initial award for 
our employees and consultants primarily on individual performance.  Our share-based compensation plans with outstanding 
awards consist of our 2001 Plan; our 2010 Plan; and our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2010 ESPP.

Share-based compensation awards available for grant or issuance for each plan as of the beginning of the fiscal year, 

including changes in the balance of awards available for grant for fiscal 2019, were as follows:

Awards
  Available
  Under All
  Share-Based     Compensation    
  Award Plans    

2010
Incentive

Plan

Balance at June 2018..........................................................     2,210,217      1,969,926     
Additional shares authorized ........................................     1,852,498      1,400,000     
Stock options granted....................................................    
—     
Deferred stock units granted .........................................     (1,266,131)    (1,266,131)   
(163,059)   
Market stock units granted............................................    
(147,005)   
Performance stock units granted...................................    
(1,065)   
Performance stock units performance adjustment ........    
46,663     
Market stock units performance adjustment.................    
Purchases under employee stock purchase plan ...........    
—     
Forfeited........................................................................     1,328,116      1,328,116     
(423,882)   
Fungible Shares Ratio Adjustment ...............................    
Balance at June 2019..........................................................     2,891,466      2,743,563     

(163,059)   
(147,005)   
(1,065)   
46,663     
(544,886)   

(423,882)   

—     

2010
Employee
Stock
Purchase
Plan
240,291 
452,498 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(544,886)
— 
— 
147,903  

Our  2001  Plan,  which  expired  in  March  2011,  was  replaced  by  our  2010  Plan.    Option  awards  that  are  currently 
outstanding under our 2001 Plan will remain outstanding until exercised, delivered, forfeited, or cancelled under the terms of 
their respective grant agreements.

During  the  three  months  ended  September  30,  2017,  we  adopted  the  ASU  for  Compensation-Stock  Compensation 
which was issued by the FASB. This update simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment 
transactions,  including  the  accounting  for  income  taxes,  forfeitures,  and  statutory  tax  withholding  requirements,  as  well  as 
classification  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  Upon  adoption  of  this  ASU,  we  elected  to  change  our  accounting  policy  to 
account for forfeitures as they occur and we applied the accounting policy change on a modified retrospective basis.  As a 
result  of  the  adoption  of  this  ASU,  we  recognized  the  net  cumulative  effect  of  this  change  as  a  $24.7  million  increase  to 
retained earnings, a $1.0 million increase to additional paid-in capital and established an additional $25.7 million of deferred 
tax  assets  for  research  credit  and  alternative  minimum  tax  credit  carryforwards.  We  have  reflected  excess  tax  benefits  for 
share-based payments in the statement of cash flows as operating activities rather than financing activities on a prospective 
basis and therefore, prior periods have not been adjusted.

Share-based compensation and the related tax benefit recognized in our consolidated statements of income for fiscal 

2019, 2018, and 2017 were as follows (in millions):

Cost of revenue .................................................................. 
Research and development ................................................ 
Selling, general, and administrative................................... 
Total..............................................................................
Income tax benefit on share-based compensation ............. 

$

 $
$

3.1   $
33.7    
22.2    
59.0   $
4.3   $

3.2   $
38.6    
29.5    
71.3   $
11.1   $

2.2 
33.1 
26.5 
61.8 
16.1  

2019

2018

2017

F-24

 
 
     
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
We recognize a tax benefit upon expensing certain share-based awards associated with our share-based compensation 
plans, including nonqualified stock options, DSUs, MSUs, and PSUs, but we cannot recognize a tax benefit concurrent with 
the recognition of share-based compensation expenses associated with incentive stock options and employee stock purchase 
plan  shares  (qualified  stock  awards).    For  qualified  stock  awards  we  recognize  a  tax  benefit  only  in  the  period  when 
disqualifying dispositions of the underlying stock occur, which historically has been up to several years after vesting and in a 
period when our stock price substantially increases.

We  determine  excess  tax  benefit  using  the  long-haul  method  in  which  we  compare  the  actual  tax  benefit  associated 
with the tax deduction from share-based award activity to the hypothetical tax benefit based on the grant date fair values of 
the corresponding share-based awards.  Tax benefit associated with excess tax deduction creditable to income tax provision is 
recognized when incurred.  Tax deficiency associated with a tax shortfall is debited to income tax provision when incurred.

Historically,  we  have  issued  new  shares  in  connection  with  our  share-based  compensation  plans,  however,  treasury 
shares are also available for issuance.  Any additional shares repurchased under our common stock repurchase program will 
be available for issuance under our share-based compensation plans.

Stock Options

Our share-based compensation plans with outstanding stock option awards include our 2001 Plan and our 2010 Plan.  
Under our 2010 Plan, we may grant incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of our common 
stock at not less than 100% of the fair market value, or FMV, on the date of grant.

Options granted under our 2010 Plan generally vest three to four years from the vesting commencement date and expire 

seven years after the date of grant if not exercised.

Certain stock option activity for fiscal 2019 and balances as of the end of fiscal 2019 were as follows:

Stock
Option
  Awards
  Outstanding  

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Intrinsic
Value
    (In millions)  

Exercised.......................................................................   
Forfeited........................................................................   
Expired..........................................................................   

Balance at June 2018..........................................................    1,618,209    $
(177,823)   
(57,091)   
(191,366)   
Balance at June 2019..........................................................    1,191,929     
Exercisable at June 2019 ....................................................    1,163,841     

57.14     
29.16     
52.96     
72.40     
59.07    $
59.23    $

0.4 
0.4  

The aggregate intrinsic value was determined using the closing price of our common stock on the last trading day of 
fiscal 2019, or June 28, 2019, of $29.14 and excludes the impact of options that were not in-the-money.  Approximately 8% 
of the stock option awards outstanding were vested and in-the-money as of the end of fiscal 2019.

At the end of fiscal 2019, we estimated that we have 1.2 million fully vested options with an aggregate intrinsic value 
of $0.4 million, having a weighted average exercise price of $59.07 and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 1.8 
years.  The weighted average remaining contractual term for the options exercisable is approximately 1.7 years.

Cash  received  and  the  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  exercised  for  fiscal  2019,  2018,  and  2017  were  as 

follows (in millions):

Cash received .....................................................................  $
Aggregate intrinsic value ...................................................  $

5.2   $
2.4    $

16.7    $
15.2    $

10.7 
12.3  

2019

2018

2017

F-25

 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
There  were  no  stock  options  granted  in  fiscal  2019.    The  fair  value  of  each  award  granted  under  our  share-based 
compensation plans for fiscal 2018 and 2017 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, 
assuming no expected dividends and the following range of assumptions:

Expected volatility ......................................  
Expected life in years..................................  
Risk-free interest rate..................................  
Fair value per award ...................................   $

2018
46.2%
4.4
1.8%
18.04

2017
45.2% - 48.3%
3.8 - 4.6
1.03% - 1.94%
21.08

    $

The  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  costs  for  stock  options  granted  under  our  various  plans  were 
approximately $0.4 million as of the end of fiscal 2019, to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 
0.71 years.

Deferred Stock Units

Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of DSU awards to our employees, consultants, and directors.  A DSU is a promise 
to deliver shares of our common stock at a future date in accordance with the terms of the DSU grant agreement.  We began 
granting DSUs in January 2006.

DSUs  granted  under  our  2010  Plan  generally  vest  ratably  over  three  to  four  years  from  the  vesting  commencement 
date.  Delivery of shares under the plan takes place on the quarterly vesting dates.  At the delivery date, we withhold shares to 
cover statutory minimum tax withholding by delivering a net quantity of shares.  Until delivery of shares, the grantee has no 
rights as a stockholder.

An  election  to  defer  delivery  of  the  underlying  shares  for  unvested  DSUs  can  be  made  by  the  grantee  provided  the 
deferral  election  is  made  at  least  one  year  before  vesting  and  the  deferral  period  is  at  least  five  years  from  the  scheduled 
delivery date.

DSU activity, including DSUs granted, delivered, and forfeited in fiscal 2019, and the balance and aggregate intrinsic 

value of DSUs as of the end of fiscal 2019 was as follows:

  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

    Weighted
Average

  DSU Awards  
  Outstanding  

    Grant Date
  (in millions)     Fair Value

Balance at June 30, 2018....................................................    1,853,558       
Granted..........................................................................    1,266,131       
Delivered.......................................................................   
Forfeited........................................................................   

(729,564)   
(511,272)   
Balance at June 30, 2019....................................................    1,878,853    $

    $

54.7     

49.75 
36.90 
54.67 
43.49 
40.90  

Of  the  shares  delivered,  172,363  shares  valued  at  $6.7  million  were  withheld  to  meet  statutory  minimum  tax 
withholding requirements.  The aggregate intrinsic value was determined using the closing price of our common stock on the 
last trading day of fiscal 2019, or June 28, 2019, of $29.14.

The  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  cost  for  DSUs  granted  under  our  2010  Plan  was  approximately  $50.9 
million as of the end of fiscal 2019, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.84 years.  
The aggregate market value of DSUs delivered in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $35.7 million, $21.4 million, and $24.3 
million, respectively. 

Market Stock Units

Our  2010  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  MSU  awards,  to  our  employees,  consultants,  and  directors.  An  MSU  is  a 
promise  to  deliver  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  future  date  based  on  the  achievement  of  market-based  performance 
requirements in accordance with the terms of the MSU grant agreement. 

F-26

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
      
We have granted MSUs to our executive officers and other management members, which are designed to vest in three 
tranches with the target quantity for each tranche equal to one-third of the total MSU grant. The first tranche vests based on a 
one-year performance period; the second tranche vests based on a two-year performance period; and the third tranche vests 
based on a three-year performance period. Performance is measured based on the achievement of a specified level of total 
stockholder return, or TSR, relative to the TSR of the S&P Semiconductor Select Industry Index, or SPSISC Index, for grants 
made beginning in fiscal 2018 and relative to the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index, or SOX Index, for grants made prior to 
fiscal 2018. The potential payout ranges from 0% to 200% of the grant target quantity and is adjusted on a two-to-one ratio 
based on our TSR performance relative to the SPSISC Index TSR or SOX Index TSR using the following formula: 

(100% + ([Synaptics TSR—{SPSISC Index TSR or SOX Index TSR}] x 2))

The payout for tranche one and two will not exceed 100% and the payout for tranche three will be calculated based on 
the  total  target  quantity  for  the  entire  grant  multiplied  by  the  payout  factor,  based  on  performance  for  the  three-year 
performance period, less shares issued for the first tranche and the second tranche. 

Delivery  of  shares  earned,  if  any,  will  take  place  on  the  dates  provided  in  the  applicable  MSU  grant  agreement, 
assuming the grantee is still an employee, consultant, or director of our company at the end of the applicable performance 
period. On the delivery date, we withhold shares to cover statutory tax withholding requirements and deliver a net quantity of 
shares to the employee, consultant, or director after such withholding. Until delivery of shares, the grantee has no rights as a 
stockholder with respect to any shares underlying the MSU award. 

MSU activity, including MSUs granted, delivered, and forfeited in fiscal 2019, and the balance and aggregate intrinsic 

value of MSUs as of the end of fiscal 2019 were as follows:

  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

    Weighted
Average

  MSU Awards  
  Outstanding  

    Grant Date
  (in millions)     Fair Value

Balance at June 30, 2018....................................................   
Granted..........................................................................   
Performance adjustment ...............................................   
Delivered.......................................................................   
Forfeited........................................................................   
Balance at June 30, 2019....................................................   

354,726       
163,059       
(46,663)     
(92,202)   
(168,188)   
210,732    $

    $

6.1     

59.37 
46.69 
— 
53.33 
59.41 
52.15  

As a result of the Synaptics TSR underperforming the SOX Index TSR by 154 percentage points for the payout period 
ended in fiscal 2019, we did not deliver any of the targeted shares underlying the October 2015 MSU grants.   As a result of 
the Synaptics TSR underperforming the SOX Index TSR by 90 percentage points for the payout period ended in fiscal 2019, 
we did not deliver any of the targeted shares underlying the October 2016 MSU grants.  As a result of the Synaptics TSR 
outperforming the SOX Index TSR by 11 percentage points for the payout period ended in fiscal 2019, we delivered 100% of 
the targeted shares underlying the October and December 2017 MSU grants.

Of the shares delivered, 33,981 shares valued at $1.3 million were withheld to meet statutory minimum tax withholding 
requirements.  The aggregate intrinsic value assumes a 100% payout factor and was determined using the closing price of our 
common stock on the last trading day of fiscal 2019, or June 28, 2019, of $29.14.

F-27

 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
      
      
The fair value of each MSU granted from our plans for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 was estimated at the date of grant 

using the Monte Carlo simulation model, assuming no expected dividends and the following assumptions:

Expected volatility of company ................................... 

Expected volatility of SOX index ................................ 
Correlation coefficient ................................................. 
Expected life in years................................................... 

Risk-free interest rate................................................... 

Fair value per award..................................................... 

2019

2018
49.16% - 
50.60%  
22.37% - 
22.52%  
  0.52 - 0.53  
  2.80 - 2.92  
1.72% - 
1.88%  
$48.22 - 
$59.19 

50.58%  

23.40%  
0.51 
2.88 

2.92%  

$27.70 - 
$85.52 

2017

52.54%  

21.23%  

0.45 
2.92 

1.01%  

$67.51 

We amortize the compensation expense over the three-year performance and service period.  The unrecognized share-
based compensation cost of our outstanding MSUs was approximately $7.0 million as of the end of fiscal 2019, which will be 
recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 0.94 years.

Performance Stock Units 

Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of PSU awards to our employees, consultants, and directors. A PSU is a promise 
to  deliver  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  future  date  based  on  the  achievement  of  performance-based  requirements  in 
accordance with the terms of the PSU grant agreement. 

We have granted PSUs to our executive officers and other management members, which are designed to vest in three 
tranches with the target quantity for each tranche equal to one-third of the total PSU grant. The grants have a specific one-
year  performance  period  and  vesting  occurs  over  three  service  periods  with  the  final  service  period  ending  approximately 
three  years  from  the  grant  date.    Performance  is  measured  based  on  the  achievement  of  a  specified  level  of  non-GAAP 
earnings per share. The potential payout ranges from 0% to 200% of the grant target quantity and is adjusted on a linear basis 
with a payout triggering if our non-GAAP earnings per share equals greater than 65% of the target with a maximum payout 
achieved at 135% of target. 

Delivery  of  shares  earned,  if  any,  will  take  place  on  the  dates  provided  in  the  applicable  PSU  grant  agreement, 
assuming the grantee is still an employee, consultant, or director of our company at the end of the applicable service period. 
On the delivery date, we withhold shares to cover statutory tax withholding requirements and deliver a net quantity of shares 
to  the  employee,  consultant,  or  director  after  such  withholding.  Until  delivery  of  shares,  the  grantee  has  no  rights  as  a 
stockholder with respect to any shares underlying the PSU award.

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019,  PSU  activity,  including  PSUs  granted,  delivered,  and  forfeited,  and  the 

balance and aggregate intrinsic value of PSUs as of June 30, 2019 was as follows:

  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

    Weighted
Average

  PSU Awards  
  Outstanding  

    Grant Date
  (in millions)     Fair Value

Balance at June 30, 2018....................................................   
Granted..........................................................................   
Performance adjustment ...............................................   
Delivered.......................................................................   
Forfeited........................................................................   
Balance at June 30, 2019....................................................   

294,541       
147,005       
1,065       

(92,470)   
(157,523)   
192,618    $

    $

5.6     

39.48 
35.41 
— 
39.54 
37.00 
38.35  

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
      
      
We value PSUs using the aggregate intrinsic value on the date of grant and amortize the compensation expense over 
the three-year service period on a ratable basis, dependent upon the probability of meeting the performance measures.  Of the 
shares  delivered,  36,332  shares  valued  at  $1.4  million  were  withheld  to  meet  statutory  minimum  tax  withholding 
requirements.  The unrecognized share-based compensation cost of our outstanding PSUs was approximately $2.4 million as 
of June 30, 2019, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.03 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our 2010 ESPP, became effective on January 1, 2011.  The 2010 ESPP allows employees to designate up to 15% of 
their base compensation, subject to legal restrictions and limitations, to purchase shares of common stock at 85% of the lesser 
of the FMV at the beginning of the offering period or the exercise date.  The offering period extends for up to two years and 
includes four exercise dates occurring at six-month intervals.  Under the terms of our 2010 ESPP, if the FMV at an exercise 
date is less than the FMV at the beginning of the offering period, the current offering period will terminate and a new two-
year offering period will commence.

Shares purchased, weighted average purchase price, cash received, and the aggregate intrinsic value for employee stock 
purchase plan purchases in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 were as follows (in millions, except shares purchased and weighted 
average purchase price):

Shares purchased ................................................................   
Weighted average purchase price.......................................  $
Cash received .....................................................................  $
Aggregate intrinsic value ...................................................  $

2019
544,886    
29.48   $
16.1   $
2.8    $

2018
486,263     
32.07    $
15.6    $
3.9    $

2017
302,085 
46.74 
14.1 
2.7  

The fair value of each award granted under our 2010 ESPP for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 was estimated using the 

Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming no expected dividends and the following range of assumptions:

2017
38.4% - 
Expected volatility.............................................................. 
54.9%  
Expected life in years .........................................................  0.5 - 1.5     0.5 - 2.0     0.5 - 2.0  

2018
43.7% - 
49.8%    

2019
43.8%-
44.23%   

Risk-free interest rate ......................................................... 
Fair value per award ...........................................................  $

2.43%-
2.68%   
15.63

   $

1.42% - 
2.45%    
13.54

    $

0.62% - 
1.20%  
20.44

The expected volatility is based on either implied volatility for the expected lives of 0.5 years or a weighting of implied 
and historical volatility for expected lives greater than 0.5 years. The expected life is the period starting at the enrollment date 
until each purchase date remaining in the offering period at the date of enrollment in the plan. The risk-free interest rate is 
based on U.S. Treasury yields or yield curve in effect for each expected life.

Unrecognized share-based compensation costs for awards granted under our 2010 ESPP at the end of fiscal 2019 were 

approximately $3.4 million that will be amortized over the next 4 months. 

10. Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan

We  have  a  401(k)  Retirement  Savings  Plan  for  full-time  employees  in  the  United  States.  Under  the  plan,  eligible 
employees may contribute a portion of their net compensation up to the annual limit of $19,000, or $25,000 for employees 
who are 50 years or older.  In fiscal 2019, we provided matching funds of 25% of our employees’ contributions, excluding 
catch-up contributions.  The employer matching funds vest 25% over four years and are fully vested at the end of the fourth 
year.    We  made  matching  contributions  of  $2.4  million,  $2.8  million,  and  $2.3  million  in  fiscal    2019,    2018,  and  2017 
respectively.

F-29

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
11. Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly known as the Tax Cuts 
and  Jobs  Act  of  2017,  or  the  Act,  which  significantly  revised  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.    The  Act 
contains broad and complex changes to corporate taxation, including, in part, reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate 
from 35% to 21%, requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were 
previously considered permanently reinvested, and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings. As our accounting 
and tax year is the fiscal period ending on the last Saturday in June, U.S. federal tax law requires that taxpayers with a fiscal 
year that spans the effective date of a rate change to calculate a blended tax rate based on the pro rata number of days in the 
fiscal  year  before  and  after  the  effective  date.    As  a  result,  our  U.S.  federal  tax  rate  for  fiscal  2018  was  a  days-weighted 
blended tax rate of 28.17%. For fiscal 2019 and subsequent tax years, our U.S. federal tax rate is 21%.

Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 allows companies to record provisional amounts and recognize the effect of the tax law 
during a measurement period. The measurement period ended in the second quarter of our fiscal 2019. As of June 30, 2019, 
we  have  finalized  our  accounting  for  the  tax  impact  of  the  Act.  However,  further  technical  guidance  related  to  the  Act, 
including final regulations on a broad range of topics, is expected to be issued and, as such, if our interpretation and final 
accounting are inconsistent with future regulations and guidance, we will recognize the impact as a discrete item in the period 
such guidance is issued.  

The  Global  Intangible  Low-Tax  Income,  or  GILTI,  which  is  a  provision  under  the  Act,  imposes  a  tax  on  foreign 
income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. GILTI requires an accounting policy election 
of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when 
incurred, or (2) factoring such amounts into the measurement of deferred taxes. We elected to treat GILTI as a period cost 
and recognize the impact in the period when it is incurred.

Income/(loss)  before  provision  for  income  taxes  for  fiscal  2019,  2018,  and  2017  consisted  of  the  following  (in 

millions):

United States..............................................................................................   $
Foreign.......................................................................................................    
Income/(loss) before provision for income taxes.................................   $

 $

(40.6)
19.8 
(20.8)   $

 $

(51.1)
(30.7)
(81.8)   $

(10.1)
71.4 
61.3  

2019

2018

2017

The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 consisted of the following (in millions):

Current tax expense/(benefit)

Federal..................................................................................................   $
Foreign .................................................................................................    

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

Federal..................................................................................................    
Foreign .................................................................................................    

Provision for income taxes .............................................................   $

2019

2018

2017

(4.9)
 $
20.4     
15.5     

(8.5)    
(6.7)    
(15.2)    
0.3    $

21.5 
 $
14.1     
35.6     

14.4     
(9.5)    
4.9     
40.5    $

9.6 
25.5 
35.1 

(10.6)
(12.3)
(22.9)
12.2  

F-30

 
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
 
   
     
       
       
 
 
   
The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from  the  federal  statutory  rate  for  fiscal  2019,  2018,  and  2017  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Provision at U.S. federal statutory tax rate................................................   $
Qualified stock options..............................................................................    
Shortfall related to share-based compensation ..........................................    
Non-deductible officer compensation .......................................................    
Business credits .........................................................................................    
Foreign tax differential ..............................................................................    
Non-deductible portion of contingent consideration.................................    
Change in valuation allowance..................................................................    
Nondeductible amortization ......................................................................    
Taxes associated with one-time transition tax...........................................    
Impact of corporate tax rate change on deferred taxes..............................    
Other differences .......................................................................................    
Provision for income taxes .............................................................   $

2019

2018

2017

(4.4)
 $
4.0     
3.3     
1.1     
(6.1)    
1.0     
—     
—     
0.7     
—     
—     
0.7     
0.3    $

(22.9)

 $
4.9     
4.1     
—     
(4.9)    
16.5     
—     
—     
1.2     
44.1     
(2.7)    
0.2     
40.5    $

21.5 
5.5 
— 
— 
(3.6)
(13.2)
0.9 
(0.8)
1.6 
— 
— 
0.3 
12.2  

Net  deferred  tax  assets  of  $31.1  million  and  $15.9  million  were  non-current  as  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2019  and  2018, 

respectively, and were included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Significant  components  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  (liabilities)  as  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2019  and  2018  consisted  of  the 

following (in millions):

Deferred tax assets:

2019

2018

Investment writedowns ...........................................................................................  $
Inventory writedowns.............................................................................................. 
Property and equipment .......................................................................................... 
Accrued compensation ............................................................................................ 
Deferred compensation ........................................................................................... 
Share-based compensation ...................................................................................... 
Business credit carryforward................................................................................... 
Acquisition intangibles............................................................................................ 
Other accruals.......................................................................................................... 

Valuation allowance ..................................................................................................... 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Interest..................................................................................................................... 

Net deferred tax assets ..................................................................................................  $

—    $

12.1   
1.5   
0.8   
0.5   
9.5   
37.3   
7.0   
3.3   
72.0   
(30.4)  
41.6   

(10.5)  
(10.5)  
31.1    $

1.1 
11.6 
1.9 
0.1 
0.6 
11.1 
25.3 
0.6 
1.6 
53.9 
(23.3)
30.6 

(14.7)
(14.7)
15.9  

Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  depends  on  our  generating  sufficient  U.S.  and  certain  foreign  taxable  income  in 
future years to obtain a benefit from the utilization of those deferred tax assets on our tax returns. Accordingly, the amount of 
deferred tax assets considered realizable may increase or decrease when we reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates 
of future U.S. and foreign taxable income. As of the end of fiscal 2019, a valuation allowance of $30.4 million is maintained 
to reduce deferred tax assets to levels we believe are more likely than not to be realized through future taxable income.  The 
net change in the valuation allowance during fiscal 2019 was an increase of $7.1 million.

Undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries were approximately $859.3 million as of the end of fiscal 2019 and 

are considered to be indefinitely reinvested overseas.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of the end of fiscal 2019, we had federal and California net operating loss carryforwards of approximately zero and 
$33.2  million,  respectively.    The  California  net  operating  loss  will  begin  to  expire  in  fiscal  2020,  if  not  utilized.    Under 
current  tax  law,  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  available  to  offset  future  income  or  income  taxes  may  be 
limited by statute or upon the occurrence of certain events, including significant changes in ownership.

We had $11.0 million and $37.8 million of federal and state research tax credit carryforwards, respectively, as of the 
end of fiscal 2019. The federal research tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2026 and the state research tax credit 
can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.  We  also  had  $0.8  million  of  federal  alternative  minimum  tax  credit  carryforward 
available to offset future federal tax liabilities with no expiration or potentially refundable under current tax laws.

The total liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions, included in other liabilities in 
our consolidated balance sheets, decreased by $5.9 million from $24.8 million in fiscal 2018 to $18.9 million in fiscal 2019.  
Of  this  amount,  $13.1  million  will  reduce  the  effective  tax  rate  on  income  from  continuing  operations,  if  recognized.    A 
reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  balance  of  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  fiscal  2019,  2018,  and  2017 
consisted of the following (in millions):

Beginning balance .....................................................................................   $

24.8    $

15.2    $

2019

2018

2017

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to current year tax
   positions ............................................................................................    
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior year tax
   positions ............................................................................................    
Decrease due to effective settlement with tax authorities....................    
Remeasurement of unrecognized tax benefits .....................................    
Decrease due to statute expiration .......................................................    
Ending Balance..........................................................................................   $

4.2     

10.5     

—     
(6.2)    
(2.0)    
(1.9)    
18.9    $

—     
—     
—     
(0.9)    
24.8    $

13.4 

2.5 

0.1 
— 
— 
(0.8)
15.2  

Accrued  interest  and  penalties  remained  flat,  increased  by  $0.7   million,  and  decreased  by  $0.2  million  representing 
income tax expense or benefit, in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  Accrued interest and penalties were $1.9 million 
as of June 30, 2019 and 2018.  Our policy is to classify interest and penalties, if any, as components of income tax expense. 

It  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  amount  of  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  change  within  the  next  12 

months; an estimate of the range of possible changes could result in a decrease of $1.8 million to an increase of $3.0 million.

In July 2018, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed a 2015 decision of the U.S. Tax Court in Altera Corp. v. 
Commissioner  that  found  that  the  Treasury  regulations  addressing  the  treatment  of  stock-based  compensation  in  a  cost-
sharing arrangement with a related party were invalid. In August 2018, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals withdrew its 
July 2018 opinion to allow time for the reconstituted panel to confer on this appeal. In June 2019, the reconstituted panel of 
the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of appeals reversed the 2015 Tax Court decision. As our tax filing position is consistent with the 
treasury regulations, no adjustment to our financial statements is required. However, due to the uncertainties with respect to 
the ultimate resolution, we will continue to monitor developments in this case.

Our major tax jurisdictions are the United States, Hong Kong SAR, and Japan. From fiscal 2013 onward, we remain 
subject  to  examination  by  one  or  more  of  these  jurisdictions.  In  August  2018,  we  received  the  revenue  agent’s  report 
resolving the fiscal 2014 and 2015 examination by the Internal Revenue Service with no material impact on our consolidated 
financial statements. Our case is pending review by the Joint Committee on Taxation, which we anticipate will conclude in 
our fiscal 2020. Any prospective adjustments to our unrecognized tax benefits will be recorded as an increase or decrease to 
income  tax  expense  and  cause  a  corresponding  change  to  our  effective  tax  rate.  Accordingly,  our  effective  tax  rate  could 
fluctuate materially from period to period. 

12. Segment, Customers, and Geographic Information

We operate in one segment: the development, marketing, and sale of semiconductor products used in electronic devices 
and products.  We generate our revenue from three broad product categories:  the mobile product applications market, the 
personal computing, or PC, product applications market, and the Internet of Things, or IoT, product market.

F-32

 
 
 
   
   
 
Net revenue within geographic areas based on our customers’ locations for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, consisted of 

the following (in millions):

2019

2018

2017

China ..................................................................................  $
Taiwan ................................................................................   
Japan...................................................................................   
Other...................................................................................   
South Korea........................................................................   
United States ......................................................................   
  $

844.8   $
239.8    
234.6     
64.9     
63.5    
24.6    
1,472.2   $

803.2    $
235.2     
358.6     
74.9     
67.5     
90.9     
1,630.3    $

844.8 
66.4 
426.5 
25.3 
123.8 
231.4 
1,718.2  

Net revenue from external customers for each group of similar products for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 consisted of 

the following (in millions):

Mobile product applications...............................................  $
PC product applications .....................................................   
IoT product applications.....................................................   
  $

2019

900.1   $
258.9    
313.2    
1,472.2   $

2018
1,021.0    $
257.8     
351.5     
1,630.3    $

2017
1,406.0 
229.2 
83.0 
1,718.2  

Long-lived  assets  within  geographic  areas  as  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2019  and  2018  consisted  of  the  following  (in 

millions):

United States ........................................................................  $
Asia/Pacific ..........................................................................   
Europe ..................................................................................   
  $

2019

2018

149.8   $
257.0    
213.8    
620.6   $

193.3 
273.8 
242.7 
709.8  

Our goodwill of $372.8 million has been allocated to two reporting units which include IoT and Mobile/PC.

Major customers’ revenue as a percentage of total net revenue for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 were as follows:

Customer A......................................................................... 
Customer B ......................................................................... 
Customer C ......................................................................... 
Customer D......................................................................... 
Customer E ......................................................................... 

2019
15%    
14%    
10%    

*
*

2018
15%    

*
*

12%    

*

2017
24%  
10%  

*
*

19%  

*

Less than 10%

F-33

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
13. Restructuring Activities

In August 2018, we committed to and initiated a restructuring of our mobile fingerprint optical business.  The costs for 
this restructuring activity primarily related to severance costs for a reduction in headcount and related costs. These activities 
are complete as of June 30, 2019.  In June 2019, we committed to and initiated a restructuring action intended to reduce our 
operating cost structure further.  The costs for this restructuring action primarily related to severance costs for a reduction in 
headcount. Restructuring costs related to these fiscal 2019 restructuring activities were recorded to the restructuring costs line 
item  within  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We  expect  to  complete  activities  relating  to  the  June  2019 
restructuring action in the first half of fiscal 2020.

The  restructuring  liability  activities  during  fiscal  2019  for  restructurings  initiated  in  fiscal  2019  were  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Accruals ...........................................................   $
Cash payments .................................................    
Balance as of June 30, 2019.............................   $

17.7 
(12.5)
5.2  

Employee Severance
and Benefits

In  November  2017,  we  committed  to  and  initiated  a  restructuring  action  intended  to  streamline  and  reduce  our 
operating  cost  structure  and  capitalize  on  acquisition  synergies.  The  costs  relating  to  this  restructuring  primarily  related  to 
severance costs for a reduction in headcount, facility consolidation and related costs.  In April 2018, we committed to and 
initiated a restructuring to close a research and development facility. The costs relating to this restructuring include employee 
severance and related benefits and facility closure charges.  Restructuring costs related to both the November 2017 and April 
2018  restructuring  activities  were  recorded  to  the  restructuring  costs  line  item  within  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and were complete as of June 30, 2018.

The restructuring liability activities during fiscal years 2018 and 2019 for restructurings initiated in fiscal 2018 were as 

follows (in millions):

Employee Severance
and Benefits

Facility Consolidation
and Related Charges

Total

Accruals........................................................  $
Cash payments..............................................   
Non-cash settlements....................................   
Balance as of June 30, 2018 .........................   
Additional accruals.......................................  $
Cash payments..............................................   
Balance as of June 30, 2019 .........................  $

11.0    $
(8.8)    
—     
2.2     
0.2     
(2.4)    
—    $

1.0    $
(0.2)    
(0.7)    
0.1     
—    $
(0.1)    
—    $

12.0 
(9.0)
(0.7)
2.3 
0.2 
(2.5)
—  

In June 2016, our management committed to and initiated plans to restructure and further improve efficiencies in our 
operational activities to align the Company’s cost structure consistent with its revenue levels.  Restructuring costs related to 
the June 2016 restructuring activities were recorded to the restructuring costs line item within our consolidated statements of 
income.  These costs primarily related to severance costs for a reduction in headcount and facility consolidation and related 
costs.  These restructuring charges were complete as of June 30, 2017.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
 
 
 
   
   
 
The restructuring liability activities during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 for restructurings initiated in fiscal 2016 

were as follows (millions):

Employee Severance
and Benefits

Facility Consolidation
and Related Charges

Total

Balance as of June 30, 2015 .........................  $
Accruals........................................................   
Balance as of June 30, 2016 .........................   
Additional accruals.......................................   
Cash payments..............................................   
Non-cash settlements....................................   
Balance as of June 30, 2017 .........................   
Adjustments..................................................   
Cash payments..............................................   
Balance as of June 30, 2018 .........................  $

—    $
6.7     
6.7     
5.0     
(11.7)    
—     
—     
—     
—     
—    $

—    $

—     
2.3     
(0.9)    
(0.8)    
0.6     
(0.2)    
(0.4)    
—    $

— 
6.7 
6.7 
7.3 
(12.6)
(0.8)
0.6 
(0.2)
(0.4)
—  

F-35

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
      
 
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

In evaluating our business, we consider and use net income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per share excluding certain acquisition and integration 
related costs (including changes in contingent consideration, amortization of certain acquired intangible assets and legal and consulting costs), 
share-based compensation charges, loss on supply commitment charges, litigation settlement charge, restructuring costs, retention costs, CEO 
severance  costs,  impairment  of  intangible  assets,  foreign  currency  adjustments,  non-cash  interest  on  convertible  debt,  other  items,  net 
(including non-cash interest, net, arbitration costs, equity investment loss, acquisition related severance costs and impairment recovery on 
investments), and tax adjustments as a supplemental measure of operating performance.  These adjustments to net income/(loss) and net 
income/(loss) per share eliminate the impact of a number of non-cash expenses and other items that may be either recurring or non-recurring 
that we do not consider to be indicative of our core ongoing operating performance.  Non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP net income per 
share  are  not  measurements  of  our  financial  performance  under  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  GAAP  net 
income/(loss)  and  net  income/(loss)  per  share.    We  present  non-GAAP  net  income  and  net  income  per  share  because  we  consider  it an 
important supplemental measure of our performance.  We believe this measure facilitates operating performance comparisons from period 
to period by eliminating potential differences in net income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per share caused by the existence and timing of 
certain acquisition and integration related costs (including changes in contingent consideration, amortization of certain acquired intangible 
assets and legal and consulting costs), share-based compensation charges, loss on supply commitment charges, litigation settlement charge, 
restructuring costs, retention costs, CEO severance costs, impairment of intangible assets, foreign currency adjustments, non-cash interest on 
convertible debt, other items, net (including non-cash interest, net, arbitration costs, equity investment loss, acquisition related severance 
costs and impairment recovery on investments), and tax adjustments.  Non-GAAP net income and net income per share have limitations as 
analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our GAAP net income/(loss) and net income(loss) per share. 
The principal limitation of this measure is that it does not reflect our actual expenses and may thus have the effect of inflating our GAAP net 
income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per share.   

The following is a reconciliation of the differences between GAAP and non-GAAP net income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per share for the 
periods indicated: 

2015

Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2016
2018
2017
(in millions, except per share amounts)

2019

GAAP net income /(loss)

Acquisition and integration related costs(1)………………………. 
Share-based compensation…………………………………..........  
Loss on supply commitment…......................................................  
Litigation settlement charge………………………………………  
Restructuring costs………………………………………………… 
Retention costs…...........................................................................  
CEO severance…............................................................................  
Impairment of intangible assets…………………………………..  
Foreign currency adjustments(2)…………………………………… 
Non-cash interest on convertible debt……………………………  
Other items, net……………………………………………...…… 
Tax adjustments…………………………………………………… 

$        

110.4
78.6
44.1
-
-
-
-
-
-

$          

72.2
72.5
56.8
-
-
8.6
-
-
6.7

$          

48.8
60.6
61.8
-
10.0
7.3
-
-
-

(15.4)
-
(0.9)
4.5

-
-
(2.7)
(33.6)

-
-
(0.8)
(13.8)

$       

(124.1)
136.0
71.3
-
-
12.0
-
-
-

-
17.4
7.6
21.2

$         

(22.9)
77.3
59.0
9.0
-
17.7
2.5
2.2
-

-
17.6
(2.3)
(18.9)

Non-GAAP net income 

$        

221.3

$        

180.5

$        

173.9

$        

141.4

$        

141.2

GAAP net income/(loss) per share - diluted

Acquisition and integration related costs(1)………………………  
Share-based compensation……………………………………......  
Loss on supply commitment…......................................................  
Litigation settlement charge………………………………………  
Restructuring costs………………………………………………… 
Retention costs…...........................................................................  
CEO severance…............................................................................  
Impairment of intangible assets…………………………………..  
Foreign currency adjustments(2)…………………………………… 
Non-cash interest on convertible debt……………………………  
Other items, net……………………………………………...…… 
Tax adjustments…………………………………………………… 

$          

2.84
2.02
1.13
-
-
-
-
-
-
(0.40)
-
(0.02)
0.12

$          

1.91
1.91
1.50
-
-
0.23
-
-
0.18
-
-
(0.07)
(0.90)

$          

1.37
1.70
1.74
-
0.28
0.21
-
-
-
-
-
(0.03)
(0.39)

$         

(3.63)
3.98
2.07
-
-
0.34
-
-
-
-
0.51
0.14
0.64

$         

(0.66)
2.23
1.71
0.26
-
0.51
0.07
0.06
-
-
0.50
(0.14)
(0.54)

Non-GAAP net income per share - diluted

$          

5.69

$          

4.76

$          

4.88

$          

4.05

$          

4.00

(1)

Acquisition and integration related costs consists of items related to either completed or announced acquisitions, including changes in 
contingent consideration, amortization associated with certain acquired intangible assets, and legal and consulting costs.

(2) Foreign currency adjustments include currency remeasurement adjustments related to acquisition related liabilities.